<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>ptz activation &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/ptz-activation/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 07 Feb 2024 16:47:49 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>ptz activation &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-system-instructions-for-use.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-system-instructions-for-use.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Feb 2024 16:47:49 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[DVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVBS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDMI cable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hiseeu]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verification Code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video recorders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4765</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use, XMEye is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use, XMEye is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to show the live view monitoring video to Android phone and do operation accordingly</span><span style="font-size: 14pt;">. </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 14pt;">This tutorial applies to </span><a href="https://xmeye.org/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 14pt;">XMEye</span></a><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 14pt;"> digital video recorders.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Safety cautions</span></strong></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please do not place any container with liquid such as water, coffee, or beverage on the DVR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please put the DVR at a ventilated space and do not block the air vents.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">For the system security, please use the original power supply provided.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Check the power voltage in case of any damage due to the wrong voltage.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please obey the local security regulations and policies when installing the product.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If the DVR starts or woks abnormally, please unplug the power adapter and carefully clean the dust on themainboard in the DVR device, then restart the DVR.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Product overview</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">DVR</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="750" height="227" class="wp-image-4766 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-1-227h.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/dvr.png?resize=750%2C225&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 49" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-1-227h.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-1-227h-300x91.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Camera</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="750" height="196" class="wp-image-4767 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-2.png" alt="camera" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 50" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-2.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-2-300x78.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Power Cable Splitter</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="750" height="140" class="wp-image-4768 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-140h.png" alt="Power Cable Splitter" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 51" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-140h.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-140h-300x56.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">BNC Cable</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="242" class="wp-image-4769 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-4.png" alt="BNC Cable" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 52" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-4.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-4-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h2>Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/general/camius-devices-troubleshooting.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Camius devices troubleshooting</a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Hard Drive Installation</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">IMPORTANT</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">To record videos and play the historical videos, the installation of the Hard Disk Drive is a must.</span><br />
<span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">Otherwise,you can only watch the live video.</span><br />
<span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">This DVR system works with a 3.5&#8221; SATA Hard Drive.The Hard Drive should be formatted after it&#8217;s installed.</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">×</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Dismiss this alert.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="750" class="wp-image-4770 size-full alignleft" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-5.png" alt="Hard Drive Installation" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 53" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-5.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-5-300x300.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-5-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">System Connections</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">IMPORTANT</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">Do not fix the AHD camera before you can view the image on the monitor and confirm the ideal position to install it.</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">×</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Dismiss this alert.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">1.Plug a power adapter into the DVR and the socket to power on the DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="266" class="wp-image-4771 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-6.png" alt="System Connections" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 54" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-6.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-6-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect a monitor to the HD Output or VGA Output on the DVR with an HDMI cable or VGA cable (not included).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="269" class="wp-image-4772 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-7.png" alt="System Connections" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 55" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-7.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-7-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">3. Connect the Ethernet Cable with the DVR and your router.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="281" class="wp-image-4773 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-8.png" alt="System Connections" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 56" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-8.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-8-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">4. Connect the AHD camera with the BNC Cable.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="221" class="wp-image-4774 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-9.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/00661839-B152-44B2-A3DD-38DA2B33222A.png?resize=750%2C221&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 57" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-9.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-9-300x88.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">5. Connect the Yellow Video Connector to the BNC Video Input on the DVR, and connect the Red Power Connector to the Male Connector of the Power Cable Splitter.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="217" class="wp-image-4775 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10.png" alt="System Connections" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 58" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">6. Connect the Female Connector of the Power Cable Splitter with another power adapter. Then plug the power adapter into the socket to power on the camera.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="230" class="wp-image-4776 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-11.png" alt="System Connections" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 59" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-11.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-11-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Operate dvr system with a monitor</span></strong></h2>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Startup Wizard</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">After connecting the DVR and cameras to power, wait for 2-3 minutes. A Startup Wizard will start to guide you via a series of pop-up windows.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the USB mouse to the DVR, then click Next until you see the window of Time-Language Configuration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">1.Select the time zone, date format, time format, language, and set the time for your DVR system.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="279" class="wp-image-4777 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-12.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 60" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-12.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-12-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">2. The default password is empty, please reset it for your DVR following the tip.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
The new password should be more than 6 digits and use the combination of numbers and letters to ensure your system’s security.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="266" class="wp-image-4778 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-13.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 61" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-13.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-13-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">3. Select safety questions and enter the answers for resetting the password if necessary.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
You can also enter your email address for getting the verification code to reset the password.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="252" class="wp-image-4779 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-14.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 62" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-14.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-14-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">4. Check if the network connection status is normal. If not, you can configure it by clicking Network.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="269" class="wp-image-4780 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-15.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 63" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-15.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-15-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">5. Scan the QR code to get the Serial Number of your DVR system and download the App named </span><a href="https://xmeye.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11pt;">XMEye</span></a><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> into your mobile device.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="296" class="wp-image-4781 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-16.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 64" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-16.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-16-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">6. Before fixing the cameras, you can log in to XMEye App to check the live view to confirm the ideal position.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="359" class="wp-image-4782 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-17.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 65" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-17.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-17-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">7. Detection based on human shape is enabled by default.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
The DVR system will send alerts to your mobile device when there is human shape detected by the cameras.</span><br />
<span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please refer to the section of Motion Detect the detailed setting.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="316" class="wp-image-4783 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-18.png" alt="Startup Wizard" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 66" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-18.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-18-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">IMPORTANT</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">Click Next and OK to exit the wizard. You can right click on the screen, then go to Main Menu &gt; Startup Wizard to bring it up again.</span><br />
<span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">If the wizard is no longer needed, just check the box before Don&#8217;t Display the Wizard again on the first interface of the Startup Wizard.</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">×</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Dismiss this alert.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Live Video</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">You will see the live videos from the AHD cameras in split-screen mode (9 screens by default) after exiting the wizard.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="434" class="wp-image-4784 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-19.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 67" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-19.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-19-300x174.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">※</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> Move the mouse cursor to the live video of any channel, some icons may be displayed according to the setting.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="214" class="wp-image-4785 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-20.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 68" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-20.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-20-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60;">1.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The icons of </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="33" class="wp-image-4786 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-21-33h.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 69"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">and </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="23" height="28" class="wp-image-4787 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-22.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 70"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">are displayed by default, while for icon </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="35" class="wp-image-4788 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-23.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 71"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="27" height="33" class="wp-image-4789 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-24-33h.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 72"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">and</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="33" class="wp-image-4790 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-25.png" alt="Live Video" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 73"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> , please right click andgo to Main Menu &gt; Alarm (see on page 15) to enable them.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">2. If you want to loop to display the live videos from some certain channels in full-screen mode, please go to Main Menu &gt; System &gt; Tour to enable this function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">3. For viewing the live video from one channel in full-screen mode, please move the mouse cursor to the desired channel, then double click. To exit full-screen mode, double click again.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Hard Drive Formatting</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">When you receive the system, the system has a pre installed hard disk, which does not need to be formatted,but if you have to replace another hard disk, it needs to be formatted at first ,then it can be used normally Install the Hard Drive first, then right click and go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu &gt;Advanced &gt; Storage</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to check if the type is </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Read/Write</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> or the status is </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Normal</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If not, please click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Format Storage</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to start formatting your Hard Disk Drive.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Video Recording</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Right click on the screen, then go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu &gt; Record &gt; Record Conf</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">. to set the record mode and record plan.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
This DVR is set to record videos 24 hours a day by default.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="380" class="wp-image-4791 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-26-380h.png" alt="Video Recording" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 74" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-26-380h.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-26-380h-300x152.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select the channel to set the record mode and plan. You can select a single channel or all channels.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Redundancy:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Installing 2 pieces of Hard Disk Drive is required when enabling this function, and HM245 doesn’t support it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Length:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set the maximum video length of each recording from 1 minute to 120 minutes. It’s 60 minutes by default.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">PreRec:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will start recording a video around 5s before it detects the motion or human shape.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">You can reset the time from 1s to 30s, but the accuracy of the pre-recording time may be affected by the bitrate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set the recording mode and the options are </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Schedule</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Manual</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Stop</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Schedule: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will record videos according to your record plan.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Manual: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will record standard videos 24 hours a day.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Stop: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will stop recording videos.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Record Plan:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set the recording schedules.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Week and Period 1/2/3/4:</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> Set the time period(s) of each day to record different types of videos.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Regular: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The system will continuously record standard videos during the time period(s) you set.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Detect: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will start recording a video when it detects motion or human shape during the time period(s) you set. If you enable the alarms of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Video Blind</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Face Detection</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, the camera will record the video as well.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm: </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">An extra alarm device is required for this type of video, and HM245 doesn’t support it.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The oldest video will be overwritten by the latest one by default when the Hard Disk Drive runs out</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">of space.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Video Playback</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Right click on the screen, then go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Record</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to play the video recorded.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">You will see the different playback modes in the pop-up window of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Play Mode.</span></strong></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Explanation of playback modes</span></strong></h3>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">1.Common Playback</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select the channel(up to 4 channels at the same time), a period and a date on Blue background to</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">play all types of videos recorded.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="399" class="wp-image-4792 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-27-399h.png" alt="Explanation of playback modes" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 75" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-27-399h.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-27-399h-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="334" class="wp-image-4793 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-28.png" alt="Explanation of playback modes" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 76" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-28.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-28-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">1. Area for Video Playing</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
2. Playback Buttons</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
3. Timeline</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
4. Channel</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
5. Filters</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
6. Filtered Videos List</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
7. R: Standard Videos</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
8. M: Videos recorded when the camera detects motion or human shape.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
9. Detailed Info. of the Selected Video</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
10. Search</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
11. Show/Hide Filtered Videos List</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
12.Timeline by Hour/Minute</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Tip</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">Filters will not be available after you left click on the timeline, but you can exit this mode and re-enter to select the filter.</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">×</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Dismiss this alert.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Option 1 :</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Left click on the Green/Red (Green for standard videos recorded, and Red for the videos recorded whenthe camera detected motion or human shape) part of the timeline of each channel to play the historical videos.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Option 2 :</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Left click on the live video of one channel, show the filtered video list, then double click on the selected video to play it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Description of Playback Buttons</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Left click on the live video of any channel, then start using the buttons to control the video playback.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="357" class="wp-image-4794 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-29.png" alt="Explanation of playback modes" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 77" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-29.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-29-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Tips:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> You can click the icon</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="58" class="wp-image-4795 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-30.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/D01585F7-1852-423B-A75A-4120C5D03C37.png?resize=56%2C58&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 78"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to cut a video, then click </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="64" class="wp-image-4796 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-31.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/57151BD8-F00C-49D7-9420-7E79ED3D2E92.png?resize=61%2C64&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 79"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">to back up to the external storage.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> Previous Frame and Next Frame work only when pausing the video.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">③</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> The speed of Fast Reverse and Fast Forward will be displayed on the right end of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Playback</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> Buttons.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">2. Sync Playback</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">This function aims to put the videos from different channels at the same time to compare.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select 2 channels at least ( up to 4 channels), a period and a date on </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Blue</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> background to play the historical videos simultaneously at the selected time on the same timeline.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="243" class="wp-image-4797 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-32.png" alt="Sync Playback" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 80" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-32.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-32-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">3. Dayparting</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">This function aims to put the videos from the same channel but at different time to compare.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select a channel, number of split screens, and a period to play the videos recorded from this channel on different timelines.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="265" class="wp-image-4798 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-33-265h.png" alt="Dayparting" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 81" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-33-265h.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-33-265h-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Notes</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">You need to press and hold the left mouse and move on the bar of Period to select time period.</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">×</span><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Dismiss this alert.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">4. Smart Express</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select one channel or all channels, then select the speed of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Fast Playback</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, the system will play all the videos recorded with the speed you selected.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="256" class="wp-image-4799 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-34.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/5D9E0422-8D37-40F3-AA1A-DC3E7BEE9AF2.png?resize=750%2C256&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 82" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-34.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-34-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">5. Smart Search</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select one channel and a time period, then check the box before </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> and select a date on </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Blue </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">background to play the videos recorded when the camera detected the motion or human shape.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="269" class="wp-image-4800 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-35.png" alt="Smart Search" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 83" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-35.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-35-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">※</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Double click the thumbnail to play the related videos.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">6. Face Search</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select one channel, a time period and a date on </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Blue</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> background to play the videos recorded when the camera detected faces.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="255" class="wp-image-4801 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-36.png" alt="Face Search" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 84" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-36.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-36-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Video Backup</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Insert the USB disk into the USB port of the DVR system. Right click on the screen, then go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Record</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to start.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select your USB disk, then click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to bring up a pop-up window.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="681" height="365" class="wp-image-4802 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-37.png" alt="Video Backup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 85" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-37.png 681w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-37-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 681px) 100vw, 681px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Start Time</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">End Time</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, then click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to display all the filtered videos.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="728" height="391" class="wp-image-4803 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-38.png" alt="Video Backup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 86" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-38.png 728w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-38-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 728px) 100vw, 728px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Check the box to select the video files and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Backup format</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, then click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Start </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">to back up the videos.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="399" class="wp-image-4804 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-39-399h.png" alt="Video Backup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 87" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-39-399h.png 705w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-39-399h-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Tips:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">①</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> The format of the USB Drive should be FAT 32.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">②</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> An alternative solution to back up the videos is listed below.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the interface of video playback and click</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="42" class="wp-image-4805 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-40-92w42h.png" alt="Video Backup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 88"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to show the filtered video list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Check the box to select the videos.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Click</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="44" height="44" class="wp-image-4806 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-41.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/35321519-7B7A-4ECA-AB9A-B154410731EC.png?resize=44%2C44&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 89"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to start backing up. The next steps are the same as the first solution mentioned above.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="396" class="wp-image-4807 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-42.png" alt="Video Backup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 90" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-42.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-42-300x158.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Snapshot Setup</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The system will capture the snapshots 24 hours a day when the camera detects motion or human shape.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">system</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">SnapShot Conf</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">. to reset the time interval of capturing a snapshot, and set up the schedules when the camera will capture a snapshot as well.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="443" class="wp-image-4808 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-43.png" alt="Snapshot Setup" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 91" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-43.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-43-300x177.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Alarm</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">IMPORTANT:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The alarms of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Human Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> are enabled by default. If you need to record videos whenthe camera detects the face or gets blocked as well, please enable </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Face Detection</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Video Blind</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to set the alarm you need.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Motion Detect</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will start to record videos when it detects motion.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="412" class="wp-image-4809 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-44.png" alt="Motion Detect" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 92" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-44.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-44-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Select the channel you’d like to enable motion detection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Enable:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Check the box to enable motion detection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Sensitivity:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If you select higher sensitivity, the camera will be more easily to be triggered to start recording videos. It’s advised to select Middle to balance the accuracy and effectiveness of the alarm, thus reducing the false alarms.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Region:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, then press and hold the left mouse to drag and select the area for detecting. The pink area indicates the selected area.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Period:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set up to 4 time periods for each day to send the alerts when the camera detects motion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">MD Interval:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Set the time interval of two alerts. It aims to decrease the frequency of the alerts caused by the same moving object.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Record Channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The selected channel(s) will start recording when the current channel detects motion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Tour:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The display will loop to display the live video from the selected channel(s) in full-screen mode when the current channel detects motion. You can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Tour</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to set the time interval to show the live video in full-screen mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Snapshot:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The selected channel(s) will capture a picture when the current channel detects motion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">PTZ Activation:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The cameras don’t support this function.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">PostRec:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The camera will remain to record the video around 10s after the motion or human shape detection ends. You can reset the time from 10s to 300s.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Show Message:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">After enabling this function, the display will pop up a window to show the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Alarm Status</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> for all kinds of alarms when the cameras detect motion, human shape, or more.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="297" class="wp-image-4810 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-45.png" alt="Show Message" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 93" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-45.png 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-45-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Send Email:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Before enabling this function, please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">System </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">NetService</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, then double click on </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">EMAIL </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">option to set up your email address to receive the alerts.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Write Log:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The logs of the alerts will be written into the system once you enable this function. You can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Info</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Log</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> to check the detailed log information.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">FTP upload:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The system will send the videos recorded or snapshots captured to the FTP server you set when the camera detects motion. Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">NetService</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">, then double click on </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">FTP</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> option to set up your FTP server.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile reported:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The system will send alerts to your mobile device when the camera detects motion. Please install the App and add the DVR to the App following the section of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">OPERATE DVR SYSTEM ON MOBILE DEVICE</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"> on page 18.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">Up-to-Coaxial Control</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Right click on the main menu and select XVI control to start setting up your camera.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="431" class="wp-image-4811 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-46.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Up-to-Coaxial-Control.png?resize=750%2C431&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 94" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-46.png 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-46-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">※</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If the live video from the camera is mirrored or flipped, you can check the box before Mirroring or Overturn to fix it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">※</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If you set something wrong, please click Restore to get back to default settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 15pt;">Notes</span></strong><span style="color: #31708f; font-size: 10pt;">For the setting of alarms like Video Blind, Video Loss, Human Detect and Face detection, please refer to the settings of Motion Detect. If prompting Video Loss, the DVR will not record videos, but only to send alarms.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 22.5pt;">TROUBLESHOOTING</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">The DVR System Boots Up Abnormally Or Reboots Automatically.</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The input voltage is unstable or too low. Please replace the power supply, then try again.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">The hard disk is damaged or the cables of the hard disk drive are broken. Please replace the hard disk drive or fix the cable.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Please disconnect the camera with the DVR to verify if the DVR can boot up. If yes, the video signal of the camera may be not stable. Please replace the camera or the corresponding cables.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">This DVR system is set to perform the automated maintenance task at 01:00 every Tuesday by default, thus it will reboot automatically. You can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Main Menu </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">Advanced </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">AutoMaintain </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">to modify the reboot time.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 11pt;">If the issue persists, please contact Support for more help.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">How Should I Do If I Forget My Password?</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Forgot Password</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> when logging into the DVR system.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">The system will ask you the security questions you set in the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Startup Wizard</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, please enter the right answer to reset your password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">If you forget the answers, click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Forget Answers </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">to enter the interface of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Verification Code</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Launch </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">XMEye </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">App,tap </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="37" class="wp-image-4812 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-93.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/BDC64AE2-B446-47F6-91AA-B09F1F7B71EA.png?resize=35%2C37&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 95"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">FIND PWD </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">on an Android device or tap </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Forgot your device password</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">?(on the interface of Add Device) &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">FIND PWD</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> on an iOS device to scan the QR code on the left side to get a verification code, then enter it into the box on the interface of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Verification Code</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to reset your password. However, if you set an email to get the verification code in </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Startup Wizard</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, the App will send the code to that email. You need to get it from email, then enter it on the interface of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Verification Code</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">How Long Can A Hard Disk Drive Record For This DVR System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">There are 4 AHD cameras connecting to this DVR system by default. These cameras are with the resolution of 1080P and variable bitrate which depends on the surveillance scenes. If the bitrate is around 2Mb/s, the corresponding size of the video file will be around 21G per day.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">As a result, a Hard Disk Drive with the capacity of 1T may record around 12 days.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">How Can I Connect An Extra Camera With The DVR System In Addition To The 4 Cameras In The Package?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">DVR system supports up to 8 cameras to be connected. Please contact Hiseeu to get the same type of cameras and the corresponding cables.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">If you just have a camera in hand, please follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">For the camera with the format of TVI/CVI/SVI/CVBS, right click on the screen, select </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">XVI&amp;AHD </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">to set the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Signal</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> of the channel to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> or the corresponding format of your camera, then connect the camera with the DVR system.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">For an IP camera, please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Digital</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">ChannelType</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to check the box of the fourth line, then go back to the main screen and move the cursor to the channel you’d like</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">to connect the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Click </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="20" height="19" class="wp-image-4813 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-95.png" alt="https://i0.wp.com/xmeye.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/EE7934B3-EF8C-43D4-96C5-DB00F6A7887E.png?resize=20%2C19&amp;ssl=1" title="Xmeye Dvr System Instructıons For Use 96"></span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">in the center of the screen to start adding the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">The Image From The Camera Is Upside Down.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Right click on the main screen and click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">XVI Control</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, then check the box before </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Mirroring</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> or </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Overturn</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to flip the image.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">What Should I Do If It Runs Out Of The Space On Your Hard Disk Drive?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">The DVR system is set to loop recording by default, which means the latest videos will overwrite the old videos automatically when it runs out of the space on the Hard Disk Drive.</span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"><br />
You can back up the important videos, then delete the videos or format the Hard Disk Drive.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">Why Does The Hard Disk Drive Stop Saving Videos?</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">General</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to check whether the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Storage Full</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> is set to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Stop Record</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">. If yes,the Hard Disk Drive will not save the videos once it runs out of space.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Advanced</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Storage</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Hard Disk Drive Partition</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to check if the space you set for </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Record Partition</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> runs out.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please do not set the Hard Disk Drive as </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Snapshot</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Read</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> only or </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Redundant</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">. </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Read/Write</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> setting for an Hard Disk Drive is the right choice.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">If the Hard Disk Drive cannot be read, is damaged or is not formatted, it cannot save videos.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">The App On My Mobile Device Cannot Receive Snapshots When The Camera Detects Motion, Human Or The Camera Gets Blocked, Etc.?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">The App can receive the snapshots by default and you can check from Alarm Push/Alarm of the App.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Alarm</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">The alarm you’d like to get snapshots</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, enable the option of Mobile Reported.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">NetService</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to confirm that the option of </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Mobile Reported </span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">is enabled.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">Why Does The App Remind Me Of &#8220;Maximum Video Link&#8221;?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">For remote viewing, such as from App or PC Client, you can only simultaneously access the live videos from 6 channels at most. Please close the unnecessary channel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">Why Doesn&#8217;t The PC Client Watch The Live Videos?</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please make sure that your PC and the DVR system are connected to the same router and verify that the Serial Number(Cloud ID) and password you entered are correct.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">NetService</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, double click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">RTSP</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> and check the box to enable it.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">Why Doesn&#8217;t The PC Client Watch The Live Videos?</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please make sure that your PC and the DVR system are connected to the same router and verify that the Serial Number(Cloud ID) and password you entered are correct.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #3d4e60; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Please go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">System</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">NetService</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, double click </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">RTSP</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> and check the box to enable it.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">What Should I Do If I Got Too Many Push Notifications From App?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">This DVR system can support to send you alerts when the camera detects motion, human, face, video feed loss,or the camera gets blocked. You can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Alarm</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to disable certain kinds of alarms to reduce alerts.What’s more, you can lower the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Sensitivity</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">, set the </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Region</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;"> to reduce alerts.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 15pt;">How Can I Modify The Time Stamp And Channel Name Displayed On The Screen When Playing The Videos Recorded?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #3d4e60; font-size: 12pt;">You can go to Main Menu &gt; System &gt; Display to select the channel you’d like to set, then enable Time Display and Channel Title, then click Set. You can even drag them to your desired position on the screen.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-system-instructions-for-use.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>XMEYE DVR User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 18:49:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Input]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Decoder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intelligent analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Invalid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2916</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-b051ebd" data-id="b051ebd" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6ac34b5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="6ac34b5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<div>XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to show the live view monitoring video to Android phone and do operation accordingly.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Basic operation</span></strong><a id="bookmark0"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The button in gray display indicates nonsupport.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn on</span></strong><a id="bookmark2"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the power supply and turn on the power supply switch. Power supply indicator light shining indicates turning on the video recorder. After the startup you will hear a beep. The default setting of video output is multiple-window output mode. If the startup time is within the video setting time, the timing video recording function will start up automatically. Then the video indicator light of corresponding channel is shining and the DVR is working normally.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. Make sure that the input voltage corresponds with the switch of the DVR power supply.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. Power supply demands: 220V±10% /50Hz.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Suggest using the UPS to protect the power supply under allowable conditions.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn off</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods to turn off the DVR. Entering [main menu] and choosing [turn off] in the [turn off the system] option is called soft switch. Pressing the power supply switch is called hard switch. Illumination:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto resume after power failure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the DVR is shut down abnormally, it can automatically backup video and resume previous working status after power failure.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the hard disk</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the hard disk, the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the battery</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the battery, the setting information must be saved and the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off. The DVR uses button battery. The system time must be checked regularly. If the time is not correct you must replace the battery, we recommend replacing the battery every year and using the same battery type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">2 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The setting information must be saved before replacing the battery otherwise information will lose.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">System Login</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DVR boots up, the user must login and the system provides the corresponding functions with the user purview.There are two user settings. The names are </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,and </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and these names have no password. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Admin </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the super user purview; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s permissions are preview and video playback. User </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s password can be revised, while their permissions can‟t be revised; user </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the default login user whose permission can be revised but not its password.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="253" class="wp-image-2917 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg" alt="Picture 1 425w253h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 191" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg 425w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System Login</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password protection</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: If the password is continuous wrong three times, the alarm will start. If the password is continuous wrong five times, the account will be locked. (Through reboot or after half an hour, the account will be unlocked automatically).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety Question</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you forget the password,you can click „?‟ to enter the reset password page. Note: The default is no safety question.You can set the safety question on the account page . If the answer is continuous wrong six times,the page will be locked(you have to reboot the device to continue the operation)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">3 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="400" class="wp-image-2918 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg" alt="Picture 2 461w400h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 192" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg 461w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h-300x260.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.4 Preview</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The date, time, channel name, channel stream value, channel resolution, the channel signal mode (most models support), etc. are shown in each preview screen, The surveillance video and the alarm status are shown in each window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">4 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview icon</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.5 Boot wizard</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide fast setup to wizard configuration parameters. Including boot wizard, two-dimensional code and digital channel configuration wizard, click “Next” to enter the digital channel configuration wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2919 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 3 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 193" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Do not Display] select the highlighted </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">expressed after reboot, no longer automatically pop up boot wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Next] enter the digital channel configuration wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Cancel] to save the settings and exit this screen wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">5 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>XMEYE DVR User Manual</h2>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-how-to-connect-dvr-nvr-on-pc-mobile-browser.html">XMEYE &amp;#8211; How to connect DVR/NVR on PC Mobile Browser</a></p>
<p>All Xmeye Devices Articles : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye">https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye</a></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="494" height="367" class="wp-image-2920 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg" alt="Picture 4 494w367h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 194" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg 494w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 494px) 100vw, 494px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Test </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Green OK means connect to network successfully,red ERR means failed</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Retry</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Retry” to test the network again</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click it to set the device network setting</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Skip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click it to skip this network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Next”, will pop up APP and SN QR code,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR Code</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="154" class="wp-image-2921 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-255w154h.jpeg" alt="Picture 5 255w154h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 195"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="150" class="wp-image-2922 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-249w150h.jpeg" alt="Picture 6 249w150h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 196"></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR code interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”Next”, will pop up mode selection.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2923 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 7 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 197" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick set</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the Quick set to enter the digital channel configuration wizard and start to search the remote device IP in the same LAN automatically, and then add the IPC to the backend device in accordance with the order of search, and you can cancel this process manually;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto-connected mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The back-end device can modify the remote ipc device to the same network segment which are under the same LAN and automatically completes the addition; when the function is enabled, the boot wizard ends</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the manual mode to enter the digital channel configuration wizard, you can set shortcuts for digital channels;</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NOTE: After using this function, the parameters in the configuration of all digital channels will be updated, please caution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">7 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="399" class="wp-image-2924 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg" alt="Picture 8 575w399h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 198" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h-300x208.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital Channel Configuration Wizards</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Label meanings:</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM01 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">S «S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM02BO</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #979aa8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">2(</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM03S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">□ 17-01-21 16:23:46 SMA</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1ÛÊÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMO4 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">B «El</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4.5pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">iobon(tvi)</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOÔON(TVt)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10&amp;0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10BQN(TV|)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM05E«H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">* </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMWf</span><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM07S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM08a«S</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OBON(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1060N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM09aS</span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">SH</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM1iaS</span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM12BS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10SON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10a0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOBON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">ad</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 5 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMlOaS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Recording status</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 38pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion detect</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">Art</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">|lJ</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Audio</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera lock</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">■&amp;</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">^^^^]</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The maximum resolution</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">&amp; </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI  Signal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">switch</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">^H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel  stream  value</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.54; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">some model can support this</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search protocol selection</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Includes three search methods, respectively NETIP, ONVIF, ALL</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The device can be set remotely channel, user name, password; click the Network Settings button, you can set the network of the device, including IP, subnet mask, default gateway (ONVIF protocol devices cannot make network settings).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="249" class="wp-image-2925 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg" alt="Picture 9 576w249h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 199" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h-300x130.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">8 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network settings</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hotkey settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure all channels by one key.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Equipment list display area</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This area displays the discovered devices.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">7.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the device has been configured, click Delete, you can delete the device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">8.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear all configured channels</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">9.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">encoding settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the front end configured coding</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">10.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Some information of selected channels can be copied to other channels, such as user name, password, and other device information, as shown below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="361" class="wp-image-2926 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg" alt="Picture 10 529w361h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 200" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">是控制监控设<br />
备移动的按钮<br />
吗（上下移动<br />
吗？）</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">11.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Up and down keys</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the device in the list, click up and down buttons to move the device up and down.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">12.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration Status</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration status of each channel, including not configured, connected, not online</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">13.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configuration front-end information</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The information of the front-end configured, user name, password can be set in this area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">9 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">14.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the previous screen and that is the boot wizard interface.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">15.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add the selected device to the appropriate digital channels, and then enable the channel; the remaining non-selected digital channel is not enabled.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">16.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the preview screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.6 Desktop shortcut menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark14"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In preview mode you can right click mouse to get a desktop shortcut menu,as the picture shows. The menu includes: main menu, Guide, Quick set, record mode, playback, IPC param,PTZ control, coaxial control,TVI&amp;AHD signal switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High Speed PTZ, Alarm Output, color Setting, Output adjust, Logout,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">view mode shift.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="394" class="wp-image-2927 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg" alt="Picture 11 225w394h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 201" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg 225w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h-171x300.jpeg 171w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Shortcut Menu</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark16"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you login, the system main menu is shown as below.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2928 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 12 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 202" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Control</span></strong><a id="bookmark18"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in recording status, “•” means it is in recording status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record mode] to enter the recording control interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="261" class="wp-image-2929 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg" alt="Picture 13 441w261h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 203" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg 441w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">11 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark20"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods for you to play the video files in the hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the desktop shortcut menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu&gt;Record-&gt;Playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The hard disk that saves the video files must be set as read-write or read-only state.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="320" class="wp-image-2930 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg" alt="Picture 14 575w320h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 204" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="321" class="wp-image-2931 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg" alt="Picture 15 570w321h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 205" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">12 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">video playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the listed files that accord with the searching criteria.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the found file information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">See detail in below chart</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control key</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 31pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: play under frame by frame, the playback status should be paused firstly.</span></strong><a id="bookmark22"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Special functions</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.58; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Accurate playback</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input time (h/m/s) in the time column and then click</span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">o </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">button. The </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">system can operate accurate playback according to the searching time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local zoom</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the system is in single-window full-screen playback mode, you can drag your mouse in the screen to select a section and then left click mouse to realize local zoom. You can right click mouse to exit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: When current resolution of the channel is over Max resolution, to playback this channel, will show a Red “X”.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark25"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in alarming status, “•” means it is in alarming status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [main menu]&gt; [alarm]&gt; [alarm output] to enter the alarm output interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Some series have no alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark27"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="292" class="wp-image-2932 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 16 510w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 206" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg 510w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm is on according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ control</span></strong><a id="bookmark29"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*PTZ control is a little different between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel – the digital channel need link PTZ, the remote device should connect with PTZ and with protocol correctly set also.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analog channel – Only when the device is connect with PTZ and configure protocol correctly is ok.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video type</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch by time/file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search the file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel selection</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date selection</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD selection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">10</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Synchronous</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 7pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">11</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">12</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">13</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #28457f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Play/Pause</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">ô</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backward play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">O</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">E</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Rewind</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">□</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Forward</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous frame</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next frame</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous file</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next file</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">EJ</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Round play</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full screen</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Edit</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #2b2b2b; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation interface is as followed. The functions include: PTZ direction control, step, zoom, focus,</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">iris, setup operation, patrol between spots, trail patrol, boundary scan, assistant switch, light switch, level rotation and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note1. Decoder A(B)line connects with DVR A(B)line. The connection is right.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [main menu] &gt;[system configuration] &gt;[PTZ setup] to set the PTZ parameters.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The PTZ functions are decided by the PTZ protocols.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2933 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 17 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 207" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Speed</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ rotation range. Default range: 1 ~ 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add, delete, call preset</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input preset numbers in the preset number box,and rotate the PTZ to the designated position by controlling the direction control key and then click the “+”button to complete adding;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point deletion: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input the preset number which you want to delete in the preset number box ,click “-” button to complete the deletion of preset points;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point call: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">fill in the preset point number in the preset number box ,click on the start button to call the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Zoom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Q </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hide</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Current interface will be temporarily hidden after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Direction control </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the PTZ rotation. 8 directions control is supportive.(4 directions in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front panel is supportive )</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High speed PTZ</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full-screen show channel image. Left press mouse and control PTZ to rotate</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">orientation. Left press mouse and then rotate the mouse to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the advanced PTZ settings interface, you can point to the cruise cruise, patrol,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">15 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus and other operations;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page switch</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch between different pages.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cancel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit the PTZ function</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [Page Switch] button, then you can set auxiliary function. Auxiliary number corresponding to auxiliary switch on the decoder.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="312" class="wp-image-2934 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 18 551w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 208" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Function Control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intuitive Auxiliary Operation </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose auxiliary equipment, select Open or Close button, switch control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.19; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Number </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The operation of corresponding auxiliary switch according to PTZ agreement</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page Switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click Page Switch button to enter the PTZ Main Menu page, the menu itself can be control by the menu control buttons</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">16 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2935 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 19 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 209" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Advanced] button to e</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">nter a new operation page as shown below</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="578" height="332" class="wp-image-2936 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 20 578w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 210" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg 578w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resume the PTZ to restore default.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Focus</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the focus of the camera (require the camera support auto</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 29pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Iris</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the iris of the camera(require the camera support aperture). </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a plurality of preset points to set a cruise line and call the cruise line,then the pan will run on the cruise line.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">17 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For the first time to add a cruise route, click the “+” button to enter the cruise route:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="360" class="wp-image-2937 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg" alt="Picture 21 623w360h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 211" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg 623w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the preset drop-down box, select the preset point that needs to be added to the cruise route, set the interval time (between 3-255 seconds), and then click the “add preset” button to complete the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the “start” button to call the selected preset point, click “del preset “ou can delete the preset point in the cruise line; check the drop-down menu you can view the current cruise line has been added to the preset point number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the pan movement, the back-end device will record the running track of the pan, and then call the trail, pan will be repeated in accordance with the recorded track. When you first add the trace, click on the “+” button to enter the track settings page:.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">18 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="574" height="332" class="wp-image-2938 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 22 574w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 212" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg 574w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 574px) 100vw, 574px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can control pan movement by the PTZ key, zoom, focus and aperture ,then click “OK” to finish </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the two boundaries in the horizontal direction of the left and right sides and then call the scan,the pan will run between the left and right boundaries in the horizontal direction.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the“left” button and then control the pan tilt using the horizontal arrow keys. when it arrive the position then click &#8220;right&#8221;button to finish the setting.Click the </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">“</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to call the scan,click the stop button to stop calling.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AutoPan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the “AutoPan” button, the pan will rotate (relative to the original position of the camera for horizontal rotation). Click the stop button to stop the AutoPan</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the “Flip”button, the pan will start to flip.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the pan will restart,and all the data will be restored default.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></strong><a id="bookmark31"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The coaxial control function allows the video recorder to transmit the control signal to the front-end camera through the coaxial cable. using these control signals, the recorder can control the PTZ, menu and other functions of the front camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: it require the front-end camera also support this function</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">19 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="408" class="wp-image-2939 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 23 624w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 213" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1 channel selection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the channel by clicking the drop-down menu</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2 adjust the front-end camera‟s parameter </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">adjust the parameters of the front-en camera by dragging the mouse or check the function;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 ok </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter OSD menu or ok function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4 Direction key</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the OSD menu by four key;</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color setting</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Color config:analog channel can config its own color,digital channel can config front-end image(only NETIP-conformed device is supported,ONVIF-conformed device is not supported)</span></strong><a id="bookmark33"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the selective image parameters (current channel for single window display and cursor place for multiwindow display). You can use the desktop shortcut menu and enter the interface. The image parameters include: tonality, brightness, contrast, saturation. You can set different parameters at different time sections.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">20 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="327" class="wp-image-2940 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg" alt="Picture 24 576w327h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 214" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color Setting</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark35"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode is with black margin vertical &amp; horizontal, while full digital mode without.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust TV output area parameters. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main menu]&gt;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[management tools]&gt; [Output adjust].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="408" class="wp-image-2941 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 25 477w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 215" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">21 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The black margin vertical &amp; horizontal at output adjust of hybrid mode is only effect to</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">analog channel.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></strong><a id="bookmark38"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down the system or reboot up. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">menu].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="276" class="wp-image-2942 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 26 467w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 216" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg 467w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Picture 3.17Logout/Shutdown/Reboot the system</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the menu. Offer password next entrance.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">shut down</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Turn off the power supply.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 85pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When press the shut down button, there is schedule hint. After three seconds, the system is shut down. Cancel midway is of no effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">reboot</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Reboot up the system.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Window switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark40"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview in single window/four windows/eight windows/nine windows/sixteen windows according to your choice.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">different video input number have different switchable preview picture.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">22 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.11</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick-set</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only network channel has quick-set function ,you can quickly add a remote device to the network channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the &#8220;+&#8221; sign in the preview screen, pop up the digital channel configuration wizard page, add the remote device to the DVR/NVR network channel.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.12</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP parameter</span></strong><a id="bookmark42"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is only available in all digital and hybrid channel modes and it is used to set the remote IPC camera parameters, the gray character indicates that the remote device does not support this function. You can adjust the various front-end parameters of the connected IPC, such as exposure mode, day / night mode, image style, day and night switching threshold, AE sensitivity, AGC, WDR, de-fog, corridor (some models support this function), slow shutter, day / night noise level, mirror, anti-flicker, flip, IR swap and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only when the NVR successfully connected to the company&#8217;s IPC (using NETIP protocol) and in a single connection can support the function, if you connected to third-party IPC (usding ONVIF protocol) can‟t support this function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="340" class="wp-image-2943 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg" alt="Picture 27 575w340h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 217" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exposure mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the exposure time ,choose auto or manual from 1/50 to1/1000S,the exposure time more longer, the image more brighter.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can modify the camera Day/Night mode manually.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image can be color or B&amp;W depending on the light;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Black and White</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BLC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function, when you open BLC(Black Light Compensation), In the bright background environment ,it is still able to see the central scene of the main scene.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">23 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Iris </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This feature requires the camera to mount a lens that supports auto iris.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Profiles</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are three mode:AUTO</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Indoor</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Outdoor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Reference</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the camera‟s exposureSet the camera exposure, between 0 to 100 optional, the greater the reference value of the screen ,the more bright.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ICR Threshold</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">it is relate to IRCUT swap mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the critical point for color and black/ white switching, the Day/Night conversion threshold greater ,the higher brightness from color to black.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night conversion threshold 10-20 close anti-shake function, 21-30 anti-shake time is 3S, 31-40 anti-shake time is 4S, 41-50 anti-shake time is 5S.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The higher the sensitivity, the switch will be faster.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AGC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can automatically adjust the camera&#8217;s sensitivity to adjust the image brightness according to the ambient light changes</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WDR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can adjust the “Upper limit”to see the main scene in the center of the screen clearly in the strong light background.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Defogging</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, The picture permeability can be improved in fog or haze weather, the higher the lever is ,the better the defoging effect</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.44; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, When the corridor mode is on, the camera screen will display in corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only some models can support this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)。</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow Shutter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are four choose :none</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">low </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">medium</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">high.The brightness is increased by the frame accumulation, and extend the exposure time to enhance the image sensitivity at low illumination.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be set as automatically switch or IR synchronous switch</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the actual environment ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the IR lamp status ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DayNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is sufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NightNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is insufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mirror</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">left and right</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">up and down</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anti-flicker</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remove the horizontal scroll stripes in the preview screen in the fluorescent environment.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR Swap</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">use when the ir_cut in reverse order.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.13</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal Switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark44"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is supported by only part of the models with analog channel, it can control the signal mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">of each channel. You can right-click to enter the shortcut menu, Or you can double-click the icon 1  </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">J<br />
</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the bottom left corner of the channel, then you can switch the AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.65; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can also directly through the left mouse button double-click the channel at the bottom of the signal<br />
switch icon to achieve the signal AHD &amp; TVI &amp; CVI signal switching.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">24 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark46"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Main menu navigation</span></strong><a id="bookmark48"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">49 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">50 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></strong><a id="bookmark50"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operations related to record, including: Record, Playback, Backup, Screen shot(only Hybrid mode and full analog have)</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sub menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Config</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording configuration, recording type, recording time section</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">playback</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording search, recording play, video file storage</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect backup device, format device, back the selective files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">detection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set motion detect alarm channel, sensitivity, area, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot, PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">blind</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set camera mask alarm channel, sensitivity, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">loss</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video loss alarm channel, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm input channel, equipment type, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">output</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm mode: configuration, manual, shut down</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormalit</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">y</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">No HDD, HDD error, HDD capacity not enough, network cut, IP Conflict, linkage parameters, screen hint or buzz.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set algorithm rule: Perimeter alert </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting linkage parameters :show traces</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">minimum moving</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">distance</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alert way</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Linkage parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">period</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the screen prompt</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">buzzer</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 10pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set system time, data format, language, hard disk full time operation, machine number, video format, output mode, summertime, stay time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set main (extra) coding parameter: code mode, resolving ability, frame rate, code stream control, image quality type, code stream value, frame between value, video/audio enable,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only Hybrid mode and full analog mode have encode configuration.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set basic network parameters, DHCP and DNS parameters, network high speed download</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetServic e</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP purview</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel title, preview hint icon state, transparency, cover area, time title, channel title fold.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel can set channel name,region</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cover ,time title,channel title fold.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configurati on</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel, PTZ protocol, address, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode shows PTZ configuration,T series have no this function.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS485</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full digital mode shows : RS485 Device</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set patrol mode and interval time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 18pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel mode, check channel status and configure the digital channel, etc.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of series support this</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Param</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the front-end IPC parameters such as exposure mode, day / night mode, profile,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The front end of the ONVIF connection is not supported</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tools</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Storage</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set appointed hard disk as read-write disc, read-only disc or redundant disc, clear data, resume date and so on</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify user, team or password. Add user or team. Delete user or team.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Break the connection with the already login user. Lock the account after break until booting up again.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust upside, downside, nearside, starboard distance, black margin</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">vertical &amp; horizontal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel have black margin vertical &amp; horizontal</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatic maintenan ce</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set automatic reboot system and automatic deleting files.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume setup state: common setup, code setup, recording setup, alarm setup, network setup, network service, preview playback, serial port setup, user management</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">upgrade with external device(like USB)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device hardware configuration and message</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import/Ex port</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Export the device&#8217;s log or configuration to external device(like USB flash disk);Input the configuration with external device(like USB flash disk).</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System information</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display hard disk capability and recording time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display code stream information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log  Clear all log information according to the log video and time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version  Display edition information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down or reboot</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></strong><a id="bookmark52"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording parameters in the surveillance channel. The system is set 24 hours consecutive recording in the first startup. You can enter [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record conf.] to set.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:There is at least one read-write hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2944 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 28 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 218" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding channel number to set the channel. Choose the all option to set the entire channels.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundancy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the redundancy function option to implement the file double backup function. Double backup is writing the video files in two hard disks. When you do the double backup, make sure that there are two hard disks installed. One is read-write disk and the other is redundant disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">51 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Length</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time length of each video file. 60minutes is default value.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pre-Record</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record 1-30 seconds before the action. (time length is decided by the code stream)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video state: schedule, manual or stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the set video type (common, detection and alarm)and time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 52pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time section of common recording, The recording will start only in the set range. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording type: regular, detection or alarm.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 62pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Regular:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perform the regular recording in the set time section. The video file type is “R”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the “motion detect”, “camera mask” or “video loss” signal. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “M”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the external alarm signal in the set time section. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “A”.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark54"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 1.6.3.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.2.3 Backup</span></strong><a id="bookmark56"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can backup the video files to external storage through setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The storage must be installed before the file backup. If the backup is terminated, the already backup can playback individually.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">52 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2945 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 29 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 219" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect the storage connected with the DVR such as hard disk or universal disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click backup button and the dialog box is popped up. You can choose the backup file according to the type, channel and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Burning</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the file will be burned synchronously after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Erase</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the file to delete and click erasure to delete the file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop the backup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.3 Alarm Function</span></strong><a id="bookmark58"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 14pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm functions include: motion detect,video blind, video loss, alarm input and alarm output, abnormality</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">intelligent analysis.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detect</span></strong><a id="bookmark60"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When system detects the motion signal that reaches the set sensitivity, the motion detect alarm is on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Motion detect function is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable motion detect function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device detect motion movement, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">53 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable motion detect function at local side.</span></strong><a id="bookmark62"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2946 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 30 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 220" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set motion detect channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the motion detect function is on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose in the six options according to the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity,Lowest,Lower,Middle,High,Higher and Highest.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/ full analog mode have this function of setting sensitivity, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong><a id="bookmark64"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [set] to enter the set area. The area is divided into PAL22X18. Red block means the motion detect defensive area. White block means the unfenced area. You can set the area as followed, Drag the mouse and draw the area. Default: all selected blocks are detection area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/full analog mode have this function of setting region, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">54 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="273" height="166" class="wp-image-2947 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-31-273w166h.jpeg" alt="Picture 31 273w166h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 221"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the motion detect signal in the set time section. You can set according to week or</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set uniformly. Each day is divided into four time sections.■ means the set valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2948 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 32 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 222" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the time section</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only one alarm signal is turned on even there are several motion detect signals in the set interval.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Start the external equipment of corresponding linkage alarm when the motion detect alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">OutDelay</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delay a few moments and stop when the alarm state is turned off. The range is 10~300 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the recording channel (multiple option supportive). Trigger the video signal when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [recording setup] and perform the linkage recording. Start detecting video files</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">55 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in the corresponding time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 63pt; text-indent: -42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the selective channel is single window alternate patrol preview. The interval is set in the [Main Menu]&gt;[System] &gt; [Tour].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ activation when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode, PTZ link to the related PTZ information of analog channel, While digital channel model, the PTZ is link to the related PTZ information on the remote device connected.</span></strong><a id="bookmark66"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to link PTZ, need go [Shortcut menu]-&gt;[PTZ control] to set preset point, cruise between points &amp; interval time, etc.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="157" class="wp-image-2949 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg" alt="Picture 33 593w157h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 223" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg 593w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation under hybrid mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PostRec</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm is over,recording will last some seconds(10~300sec),then stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pop the alarm information dialog box in the local host computer screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send EMAIL</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means sending an email to user when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [NetService] and send email.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to tick it, the video &amp; picture of related record channel &amp; snapshot channel will be uploaded to assigned position.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload need be set at [Netservice]</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, device will come out with buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Write Log</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when an alarm occurs, the device write a log which you can check on the [Info]&gt;[Log].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Before use this function, you need to enable the PMS or mobile report in [main menu] &gt; [system] &gt; [NetService]. And you should install our APP and add the DVR to the APP.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Blind</span></strong><a id="bookmark68"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the video image is influenced by the environment such as bad brightness or reaching the set sensitivity parameter, the camera mask function is turned on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">56 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video blind is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable video blind function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. When remote device with video blind, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2950 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 34 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 224" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Loss</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment can not obtain the channel video signal, the video loss alarm is turned on and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video loss is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode: Digital channel: not only to enable video loss function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device with video loss, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">57 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2951 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 35 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 225" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment obtains the external alarm signal, the alarm function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Alarm input is the same between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode, function enable, when it was set normal, only need to connect alarm sensor at alarm input port on local side, the alarm information is occurring, and will link to related setting functions at the same time</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">58 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="375" class="wp-image-2952 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 36 620w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 226" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark70"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.4.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></strong><a id="bookmark72"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analysing and inspecting current software and hardware of the device: When some abnormal events happen, the device will make a relative answer such as show message and buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">59 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="646" height="390" class="wp-image-2953 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg" alt="Picture 37 646w390h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 227" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg 646w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Event Type </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">selecting abnormity you want to inspect. There are No Storage, Storage Error, Storage No Space, Net Disconnection and IP Conflict.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatically alarm cue dialog box come out of the main screen </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device will have one long nosie “di” while alarm is happening</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, it will send an email to user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send Email</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis</span></strong><a id="bookmark74"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: only part of product support this function at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">。</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To analyze the video image, when system detect object that meet pre-set algorithm rules and fit set flexibility and minimum image distance, will trigger video analysis alarm, and enable the linkage function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel of full analog mode and hybrid mode can support this function, and if this function is enabled, then video blind is invalid.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">60 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="364" class="wp-image-2954 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 38 604w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 228" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg 604w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis setting page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only shows by “1”</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at present, only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel with maximum resolution of 1080P in  the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">full analog(DVR) mode and hybrid(HVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable the video analysis function, then can go for further setting,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Algorithm</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at drop-down box, Perimeter alert, Items care and Video Diagnosis to choose the algorithm rule of detection,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose different algorithm rules, the related setting page is different.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert:</span></strong><a id="bookmark77"></a></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable,  when alarm  triggers,  there will be red box around moving objects.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different  requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box,Higher,Middle</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and Lower</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between  0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 2 kinds</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cordon and  warning  area. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can set 3 prohibited directions:</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">bidirectional prohibited, from top to bottom (from left to right), from bottom to top (from right to left), when the setting cordon is too slope, show with from left to right / from right to left, otherwise will be from top to bottom / from bottom to top, when the moving object meet preset cordon rules, the alarm will be triggered; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Warning area: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can set 3 kinds of prohibited directions: bidirectional prohibited, enter and leave, when the moving object meet preset warning area rules, alarm will be triggered.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">61 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter rule setting page, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix two or more point, and then connect them to form a line or a irregular region, after that a box of prohibited direction options will come out, choose one of them, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">page, click Yes, alarm rules setting is finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="374" class="wp-image-2955 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg" alt="Picture 39 620w374h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 229" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting – Perimeter alert</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care:</span></strong><a id="bookmark79"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, when this function is triggered, there will be read box shows around the moving object</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between 0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">three modes: Items stranded</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items stolen</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking.Items stranded:object appears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered. Items stolen:object disappears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking:this way is similar with Items stranded.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set,</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the setting page of rule, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix several</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">62 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">points and then connect them to form a irregular region, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous page, click Yes, alarm rule setting if finished.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2956 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 40 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 230" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; items care</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video diagnosis:</span></strong><a id="bookmark81"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.93; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection type: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 8 kinds of detection type: Brightness anomaly detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sharpness detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Noise detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color cast detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Screen freezes detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Scene change detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anthropogenic interference and PTZ runway detection. You can choose one or more types if necessary, when video detect selected type, the alarm will be triggered. Now, only support “Scene change detection”.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="144" class="wp-image-2957 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg" alt="Picture 41 625w144h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 231" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg 625w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h-300x69.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; video diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The setting way of set / withdraw garrison time period and linkage parameter, please refer to chapter“4.3.1 motion detection”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">63 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.45; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable video analysis function, algorithm rules is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, the alert way in the rule is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, prohibited direction is bidirectional, when a moving object across this warning line, alarm</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is triggered, see below picture</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="244" class="wp-image-2958 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg" alt="Picture 42 504w244h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 232" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg 504w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h-300x145.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The alarm image regarding one of the video analysis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4 System setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system parameters such as </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General, Encode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">under Hybrid/full analog mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network, Net service</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GUI display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ configure/RS485 device</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital and IPC param. </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="328" class="wp-image-2959 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg" alt="Picture 43 542w328h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 233" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">64 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System time</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system data and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the data format: YMD, MDY, DMY.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date Separator</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose list separator of the data format.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose time format: 24-hour or 12-hour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Language </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">support 29 language at</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">present:</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9.5pt;">Arabic,Czech,English,Finnish,Greek,Indonesian,Italian,,Japanese,Portuguese,Russian,Thai,T- Chinese,S-Chinese,Turkish,Brazilian,Bulgarian,Farsi,French,German,Hebrew,Hungarian,Polish,Roman ian,Spanish,Swedish,Vietnamese</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD full</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose stop record: Stop recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 100pt; text-indent: -18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose overwrite: Cover the earliest recording files and continue recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 90pt; text-indent: -68pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR No</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only when the address button in the remote controller and the corresponding DVR number is matched, the remote operation is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Standard</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PAL or NTSC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the latency time in 0-60. 0 means no latency time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Machine Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can setting the device&#8217;s name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the summer time option and pop the dialog box as followed.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="177" class="wp-image-2960 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg" alt="Picture 44 436w177h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 234" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg 436w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (week)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="175" class="wp-image-2961 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg" alt="Picture 45 430w175h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 235" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg 430w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">65 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (date)</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark83"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">de settings is for analog channel only.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the video/audio code parameter: video file, remote monitoring and so on. Set every main stream parameter in the left part, and set the extra stream parameter in the right part.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: extra stream introduces video compression technique which was applying for multi-channel playback simultaneously, Dial-up multi-channel real-time monitor under poor bandwidth, or mobile monitor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="352" class="wp-image-2962 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg" alt="Picture 46 582w352h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 236" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.29; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Independent channel code setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Compression</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Standard H.264 main profile.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution type:1080P/720P/960H/D1/ HD1/CIF / QCIF.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">P:1 frame/s~25 frame/s; N: 1 frame/s~30 frame/s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose limited code stream or variable code stream. When you choose the variable code stream there are six image quality options. Under the limited code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can choose the code stream manually</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the code stream value to modify the image quality. The larger code stream value the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">66 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">better image quality.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1080P(1024~8192kbsp) 720P(1024~4096kbps) 960H(869~4096kbps) D1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">( </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">512~2560kbps </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HD1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">384~2048kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CIF</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">64~1024kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, QCIF(64~512kbps)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can choose the range 2~12s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video/Audio </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the icons are all in reverse displayed, the video file is video and audio</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">multiplex stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream Settings</span></strong><a id="bookmark86"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is used for client side monitoring &amp; mobile monitoring.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel title</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title and then to choose whether need enable video &amp; audio. The</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resolution, frame rate, bit rate type settings is the same as main stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coding mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three codind mode: High Profile</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Profile amd Baseline which you can choose when you click the drop-down menu.High Profile is the best, Baseline is the worst.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.3 Network setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark88"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="364" class="wp-image-2963 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 47 603w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 237" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg 603w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Net Card</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose cable network card or wireless network card.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain IP address automatically(not suggested)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP server is preinstalled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">67 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the IP address. Default: 192.168.1.10.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet mask</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the subnet mask code. Default: 255.255.255.0.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Gateway</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the default gateway. Default: 192.168.1.1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DNS setup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Domain Name Server. It translates the domain name into IP address. The IP address is offered by network provider. The address must be set and reboot then it works.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Media port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 34567.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 80.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HS Download</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can improve the speed of downloading video files if enable HS download.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transfer Policy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three strategies: self-adaption, image quality precedence and fluency precedence. The code stream will adjust according to the setup. Self-adaption is the tradeoff between the image quality precedence and fluency precedence. Fluency precedence and self-adaption are valid only when the assistant code stream is turned on. Otherwise image quality precedence is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.4 NetService</span></strong><a id="bookmark90"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the network service option and click the set button to configure the advanced network functions</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or double click the service button to configure the parameters.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="555" height="412" class="wp-image-2964 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg" alt="Picture 48 555w412h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 238" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg 555w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetService</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">68 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPoE setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark92"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="180" class="wp-image-2965 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 49 442w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 239" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg 442w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■ means choose,setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the user name and password that ISP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Internet service provider</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">provides. After saving it reboot up your system. Then the DVR will build a network connection based on PPPoE. The IP address will change into dynamic IP address after above operation is well done.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">After PPPoE dialing successfully look up the IP address in the [IP address] and obtain the current IP address. Then use this IP address to visit the DVR through user port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark94"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="232" class="wp-image-2966 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg" alt="Picture 50 428w232h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 240" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The NTP server must be installed in the PC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■mean choose</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Custom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can adjust the time of device according to the server you connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the IP address installed NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 123. You can set the port according to NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Update Period: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The same with the NTP server check interval. Default: 60minutes.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">69 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark96"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the alarm is turned on or the alarm linkage photos are taken, send an email about the alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">information and the photos to appointed address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="363" class="wp-image-2967 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg" alt="Picture 51 545w363h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 241" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg 545w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SMTP server: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server address. It could be an IP address or domain name. Domain name can be translated only it is the correct DNS configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server port number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSL: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Decide whether using Secure Socket Layer protocol to login.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Apply the email server user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the password corresponding to the user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sender: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the email sender address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Receiver: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send the email to appointed receivers when the alarm is turned on. You can set three receivers at most.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Title: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set as you wish.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Filter setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark98"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the white list, only the listed IP address can connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">70 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the black list, the listed IP address can not connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can delete the set IP address by √ in the options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the same IP address is in the white and black list at the same time, the black list precedence</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is higher.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="312" class="wp-image-2968 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 52 469w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 242" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg 469w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP FILTER</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="267" class="wp-image-2969 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg" alt="Picture 53 472w267h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 243" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg 472w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It is the abbreviation of dynamic domain name server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local domain name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the domain name registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the account registered by DDNS. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the password registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">71 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DDNS is successfully configured and start, you can connect the domain name in the IE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">address column to visit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The DNS setup must be configured correctly in the network setup.</span></strong><a id="bookmark100"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP is available only when alarm happens,or alarm activates record and snapshot,it will upload related</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record and snapshot pictures to FTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="495" height="303" class="wp-image-2970 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg" alt="Picture 54 495w303h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 244" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg 495w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 201pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click Enable, then all settings will be available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server IP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">IP address for FTP server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">Domain Port of FTP, default 21</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of FTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anonymous</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable anonymous, no need setting user name and password </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max File Length</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max length for upload files at every packed, default 128M </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dir Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The directory of upload file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The user should be with authority to upload files.</span></strong><a id="bookmark103"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark105"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Startup DDNS server to add devices and manage it in the DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">72 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="252" class="wp-image-2971 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg" alt="Picture 55 454w252h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 245" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose &#8220;DNS&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means it is chosen</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP]</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port No. of device, related DDNS server listen port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name that device can log in DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the password related to the user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please set up server before using DDNS.</span></strong><a id="bookmark107"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm center</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm occurring, report alarm information to alarm server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="235" class="wp-image-2972 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg" alt="Picture 56 422w235h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 246" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg 422w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm server setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GENERAL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To tick it means enable.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">73 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of Alarm Server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Port No.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means to report alarm information to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it, means to report log to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark110"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ADSL through 3G or 4G net card, use CMS to visit and config the device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="282" class="wp-image-2973 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg" alt="Picture 57 440w282h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 247" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make all settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial type,default AUTO</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless AP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G access point</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial Number</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G Dial Number</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of 3G</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of dial user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 21pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address, got from dial</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP protocol is to realize auto port forwarding on router, precondition of using this function is to make sure the UPNP function of router is enabled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">74 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="238" class="wp-image-2974 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg" alt="Picture 58 403w238h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 248" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make sure all UPNP settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Route will automatically distribute HTTP port for the device,when IE viewing,it need this port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">TCP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute TCP port for the device,when monitoring via CMS,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute Mobile Port for the device,when mobile monitor,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR connect to wireless router via WIFI module, then to visit it through IP address, the precondition of using this function is to make sure the DVR have connected with WIFI modern.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">75 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="369" class="wp-image-2975 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg" alt="Picture 59 435w369h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 249" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg 435w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h-300x254.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to search all the available wireless device in current range.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable firstly, then go for further setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">auto obtain IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, device will auto obtain a WIFI IP.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSID</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless LAN name, auto match to the wireless device u connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless network password of router</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: to set the IP address of device, default is 192.168.1.12</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">subnet mask</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:set subnet mask of device, default is 255.255.255.0</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">gateway</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set gateway of device, default is 192.168.1.1</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To do surveillance via cross-browser (Safari, Firefox, Google chrome ) and VLC software. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function only for monitor but can not control the device.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="147" class="wp-image-2976 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg" alt="Picture 60 401w147h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 250" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg 401w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h-300x110.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">76 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]: </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means enable, tick it firstly before setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 554</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CLOUD</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Check the cloud services, male cloud service is enabled, the user can visit</span><a href="http://www.xmeye.net/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> http://www.xmeye.net</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="149" class="wp-image-2977 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg" alt="Picture 61 403w149h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 251" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cloud setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS/Mobile reported</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark112"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable this function, at the same time open the function in the mobile end, exit the application, when</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the alarm occurs, check the cell phone to report, will send information to cell phones.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="178" class="wp-image-2978 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg" alt="Picture 62 416w178h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 252" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h-300x128.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="179" class="wp-image-2979 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg" alt="Picture 63 417w179h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 253" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg 417w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">push.umeye.cn</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">77 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 80</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.5 GUI Display</span></strong><a id="bookmark114"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure the video output parameters including the front output mode and encode output mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the local preview mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the network surveillance and video file mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Remark:Only 6000 series product support preview resolution &#8211; 1920*1280(1080P)</span></strong><a id="bookmark116"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2980 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 64 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 254" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Title</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the channel name modify button and enter the channel name menu. Modify the channel name. The 16 Chinese characters and 25 letters are supportive.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system data and time in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system channel number in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Status</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system recording status in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Status </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system alarm status in the surveillance</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">78 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transparency</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the background image transparency. The range is 128~255.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set display resolution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set code output channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt; text-indent: -66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region Cover</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Click the cover area button and enter the corresponding channel window. You can cover the arbitrary using mouse. (Black region is for output)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the display position of channel title and time title.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*the channel no., region cover, time title and channel title setting function exist at output</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mode only when the device is under hybrid(HVR) mode or full analog(DVR) mode.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.6 PTZ device /RS485 device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* When under hybrid mode/full digital mode, it shows with PTZ device and RS485 device;*When under full digital mode, it will show RS485 device only.</span></strong><a id="bookmark118"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="380" class="wp-image-2981 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg" alt="Picture 65 511w380h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 255" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the dome camera input channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome protocol. (PELCOD as an example)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Address </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set as the corresponding dome address. Default: 1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The address must be</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">consistent with the dome address.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">79 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baudrate </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome baud rate length. You can control the PTZ and vidicion. Default: 115200.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options. Default: 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options. Default: 1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd check, even check, sign check, blank check. Default: void.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The protocol, address and baudrate of the DVR must be same with the PTZ, or you can not control the PTZ.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.7 RS232</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*T series do NOT support this function.</span></strong><a id="bookmark120"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="312" class="wp-image-2982 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 66 516w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 256" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg 516w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Serial Port Function</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Common serial port is used to debug and update program or set up specific serial port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baud rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding baud rate length.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd, even, mark, space, default is none.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">80 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><a id="bookmark122"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol display. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 23pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the tour mode is enable. You can choose the single-view,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">four-view, six-view of single mode tour or hybrid mode tour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="317" class="wp-image-2983 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 67 525w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 257" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg 525w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol switch interval. The set range is 5-120 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the interval to shift alarm tour, range is 5-120 seconds, choose return when alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ends, when alarm link to tour, system will auto shift to six-view after alarm finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at preview mode, click upper right icon</span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">© </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">®</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can turn on / off tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn on,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn off</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark124"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital manage including digital channel, channel status, and channel mode </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(Remark: there is only analog mode if device is under full analog mode)</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">81 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="318" class="wp-image-2984 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg" alt="Picture 68 428w318h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 258" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under all analog(DVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="266" class="wp-image-2985 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg" alt="Picture 69 440w266h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 259" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under Hybrid(HVR) mode / full digital(NVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">82 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2986 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 70 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 260" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Single link page of digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2987 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 71 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 261" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Multi-linkage page of Digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Open digital channel, tick enable, then can do related settings</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Synchronization</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means the time of this channel and device is the same.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Connection Mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be singe connect or multi-ink, multi-link modes can connect to several devices, device will be tour displayed one by one, tour interval can be set, no less then 10s;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the user want to change device, select the existing device, click delete will be ok.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">83 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click add will come out below page to add new device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2988 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 72 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 262" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">remote channel configure page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device is with default configure title, user can revise it if necessary</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 types: IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user can choose as what you like, default is IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">； 【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is TCP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remote channel </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User can input remote channel title from the device that you want to connect remotely</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is main stream, do not support extra-stream at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is 34567</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is admin</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: click </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">will show all the devices that searched out, user can choose any of the device that you like.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">84 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2989 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 73 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 263" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the device list searched under remote channel setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Status:</span></strong><a id="bookmark126"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel status is to show the status of all the digital channel When there is what existing, status including Max Resolution, This Resolution, Connection Status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example: The channel status for 2+2 mode is as below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2990 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 74 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 264" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">D03 channel is connected, and D04 channel doesn‟t add the remote device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: when the current resolution is over the max resolution that the channel supported, then a red “X” will be shown on the preview image, for example: Under full digital channel mode, Max resolution of channel 3 is D1, if it was connected to a device with resolution over D1 ( such as</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">85 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">960H), you will see below pic:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="159" class="wp-image-2991 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75-281w159h.jpeg" alt="Picture 75 281w159h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 265"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel type:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="339" class="wp-image-2992 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 76 560w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 266" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg 560w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: this series of product with full analog channel mode, hybrid mode and full digital mode, and different model with different channel mode, user can shift the mode freely if necessary.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC param.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 3.6.12. IPC param.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 19pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.5 Advanced</span></strong><a id="bookmark128"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage tools menu including: HDD manage, account manage, online user, output adjust, auto maintain, upgrade.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">86 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="296" class="wp-image-2993 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg" alt="Picture 77 399w296h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 267" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg 399w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.1 HDD Manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark130"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure and manage the hard disk. The menu displays current hard disk information: hard disk number, input port, type, status and overall capability. The operation include: setup the write-read disk, read-only disk, redundant disk, hard disk format, resume default. Choose the hard disk and click the right function button to execute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read/Write Disk: The equipment can write or read data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read-only Disk: The equipment can read data but can not write data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundant Disk: Double backup the video files in the write-read disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2994 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 78 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 268" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD manage</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">87 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.2 Account</span></strong><a id="bookmark132"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage the user purview.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: -26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. The character length is 8 bytes at most for the following user and user team name. The blank ahead or behind the character string is invalid.The middle blank in the character string is valid. Legal characters include: letter, number, underline, subtraction sign, dot.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -5pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. There is no limit in the user and user group. You can add or delete the user group according to user definition. The factory setup include: user\admin. You can set the team as you wish. The user can appoint the purview in the group.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The user management include: group/ user. The group and user name can not be the same. Each</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user only belongs to one group.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="322" class="wp-image-2995 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg" alt="Picture 79 533w322h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 269" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg 533w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed user attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed team attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Password</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the user password. You can set 1-6 bit password. The blank ahead or behind the char string is invalid. The middle blank in the char string is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user who possess the user control purview can modify his/her own or other users password</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">88 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="208" class="wp-image-2996 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg" alt="Picture 80 385w208h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 270" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg 385w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify password</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add user</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user in the group and set the user purview. Enter the menu interface and input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name and password. Choose the team and choose whether cover using the user. Cover using</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the account can be used by multiple users at the same time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Once choose the team the user purview is the subclass of the team.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">We recommend that the common user‟s purview is lower than the advanced user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="307" class="wp-image-2997 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg" alt="Picture 81 508w307h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 271" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg 508w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add User</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user group and set the purview. There are 33 different purviews: shut down the equipment, real time surveillance, playback, record setting, video backup and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">89 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="291" class="wp-image-2998 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg" alt="Picture 82 481w291h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 272" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg 481w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add group</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current user. Choose the user and click delete user button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current group. Choose the group and click delete group button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="273" class="wp-image-2999 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg" alt="Picture 83 454w273h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 273" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ety question</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set one or two different safety questions as below picture shows, and then fill in the answer and confirm answer, then click OK and cancal to exit. After that you can reset the password when you forget it through the safety question</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">90 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="234" class="wp-image-3000 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg" alt="Picture 84 317w234h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 274" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg 317w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h-300x221.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></strong><a id="bookmark134"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To check the information of network user that connected with local device, also can tick the selected user to break up connection,</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">make √ at the box</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">then the user will be frozen after connection stopped,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and will not log in until device reboot.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="287" class="wp-image-3001 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg" alt="Picture 85 475w287h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 275" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg 475w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark136"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.8 .</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Maintain</span></strong><a id="bookmark138"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user can set the time to auto reboot and auto delete file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">91 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.5.6 Restore</span></strong><a id="bookmark140"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="180" class="wp-image-3002 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 86 454w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 276" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h-300x119.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto maintain</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The system restore to the default. You can choose the items according to the menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3003 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 87 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 277" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">92 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></strong><a id="bookmark142"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="359" class="wp-image-3004 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg" alt="Picture 88 595w359h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 278" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg 595w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade from USB: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the device use the upgrade file in U disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade Pasition</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose USB interface.</span></strong><a id="bookmark144"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade file</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose the upgrade file.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you connect your DVR to WAN, it will make comparison of the firmware version of the DVR and the firmware version of the server. It will upgrade if find the latest firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the AHD camera (some model support)/ IPC (when in IP mode or HVR mode) use the upgrade file in U sidk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please don‟t cut off the power when upgrade, it will cause serious consequences; and please check the upgrade firmware if it is for the DVR model when upgrade failed.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark147"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide device interface info like audio in,alarm in/out to be conveniently used for user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">93 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="290" class="wp-image-3005 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg" alt="Picture 89 474w290h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 279" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device info</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export</span></strong><a id="bookmark149"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Users can export the log info and the configure file from device to connected flash stick, and also can import related configure file from flash stick to settings, which greatly bring convenience to the customers.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="292" class="wp-image-3006 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 90 482w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 280" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg 482w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6 Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark151"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk information, including HDD info, code stream statistic, log info, version info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">94 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.6.1HDD info</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk state: hard disk type, overall capability, residual capability, the recording time and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="289" class="wp-image-3007 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg" alt="Picture 91 477w289h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 281" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tips</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">○ means that the hard disk is normal. X means that the hard disk is broken-down.- means that</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there is no hard disk. If the user need to change the damaged hard disk, you must shut down the DVR and take up all the damaged hard disks,then install a new one.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* behind serial number means the current working disk such as 1*. If the corresponding disk is damaged, the information will show “</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">？</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">”.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></strong><a id="bookmark153"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Kb/S</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and hard disk capability </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">MB/H</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in real time. It displays as the wave sketch map.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">95 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="292" class="wp-image-3008 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 92 483w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 282" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">LOG</span></strong><a id="bookmark155"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To search log information base on the set search mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">include: system operation, configuration operation, data management, alarm affair, recording operation, user management, file management and so on. Set the time section to look up and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click the look up button. The log information will display as a list. (one page is 128 items) Press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page up</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page down </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to look up and press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">delete </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to clear all the log information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3009 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 93 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 283" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">96 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version</span></strong><a id="bookmark157"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the basic information such as hardware information, software version, issue date, serial number , NAT status and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="344" class="wp-image-3010 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg" alt="Picture 94 462w344h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 284" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6Shut down system</span></strong><a id="bookmark159"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.2.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:39:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[4G Solar Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Check for Updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Initialization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Eseecloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hilook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest version]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2037</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which has been integrated with the 4K and H.265 encoding technology that provides you with an outstanding at a reasonably pocket-friendly price.</p>
<p>The 4K resolution processors present in this product help in bringing out every little detail in the image.</p>
<p>Along with that, this <a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/cp-uvr-0401f1-ic" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">DVR</a> uses the intuitive shortcut operation menu which lets you control and manage the system remotely as well and can work as edge storage, central storage, backup storage .</p>
<h2>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html" rel="nofollow">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/eseecloud-4g-solar-camera-guide.html" rel="nofollow">Eseecloud 4G Solar Camera Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html" rel="nofollow">Hilook DVR User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark0"></a> Introduction
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark2"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is an excellent digital monitor product for security industry. The embedded LINUX OS assures the stable operation. The H.264 and G.711 technologies assure the high-quality image and low bit stream. The frame-by-frame play function displays more details for analysis, and provides the functions such as record, playback, and monitor and assures the synchronization for audio and video. The Device also adopts the advanced control technology and great network data transmission capability.</p>
<p>The Device adopts embedded design to achieve high security and reliability. It can work in the local end and, with strong networking capability it can get connected to the professional surveillance software (Smart PSS) to form a security network to show its powerful remote monitoring function.</p>
<p>The Device is applicable to the areas such as bank, telecom, electricity, traffic, intelligent residential district, factory, warehouse, resources, and water conservancy facilities.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark4"></a> Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The functions might be different depending on the software and hardware version of the model you purchased.</p>
<p><strong>Real-time Surveillance</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support VGA port and HDMI port to realize the surveillance through monitors.</li>
<li>Support HDMI, VGA, and TV output at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>IoT Management</strong></p>
<p>Provide specific management module for IoT features including humidity and temperature data reports and alarms linkage.</p>
<p><strong>Sensor Integration</strong></p>
<p>Integrate coaxial cameras with diverse array of sensors such as temperature, humidity and wireless alarm devices.</p>
<p><strong>Storage Management</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Special data format to guarantee data security and avoid the risk of modifying data viciously.</li>
<li>Support digital watermark.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Compression Format</strong></p>
<p>Support multiple-channel audio and video signal. An independent hardware decodes the audio and video signal from each channel to maintain video and audio synchronization.</p>
<p><strong>Backup Function</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support backup operation through USB port (such as USB storage disk, portable HDD, and burner).</li>
<li>Client-end user can download the file from local HDD through network to backup.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Record &amp; Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support each channel real-time record independently, and simultaneously support the functions such as search, backward play, network monitor, record search, and download.</li>
<li>Support various playback modes: slow play, fast play, backward play and frame by frame play.</li>
<li>Support time title overlay so that you can view event accurate occurred time.</li>
<li>Support zooming in the selected area in the live view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Network Operation</strong></p>
<p>Support network remote real-time monitor, remote record search and remote PTZ control.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Activation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Several relay alarm outputs to realize alarm activation and on-site light control.</li>
<li>The alarm input port and output port have the protection circuit to guarantee the Device safety.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Communication Port</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>RS485 port can realize alarm input and PTZ control.</li>
<li>RS232 port can connect to keyboard, COM port of PC or the matrix control.</li>
<li>Standard Ethernet port can realize network remote access function.</li>
<li>The dual-network port has the multiple-address, fault tolerance, load balance setup mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Support PTZ decoder through RS485 port.</p>
<p><strong>Intelligent Operation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support mouse operation function.</li>
<li>Support &#8220;copy and paste&#8221; function for the same settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>UPnP (Universal Plug and Play)</strong></p>
<p>Establish mapping connection between LAN and WAN through UPnP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Self-adaptive</strong></p>
<p>Auto-recognize and work with the PAL or NTSC camera and HD camera.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark6"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark8"></a> Checking the Components</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you receive the Device, please check against the following checking list. If any of the items are missing or damaged, contact the local retailer or after-sales engineer immediately.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sequence</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Checking items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Package</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packing materials</td>
<td>No broken or distorted positions that could be caused by hit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not torn up. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not tear up or throw away the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">2</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels on the device</td>
<td>labels; otherwise the warranty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>services are not ensured. You need</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>to provide the serial number of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>product when you call the after-sales service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">3</td>
<td rowspan="2">Device</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data cables, power cables, fan cables, mainboard</td>
<td>No connection loose.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark10"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please check if the HDD is already installed in the Device when you first time using the Device.</p>
<p>It is suggested to use the HDD recommended officially. Do not use the PC HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 1" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 640"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Shut down the device and then unplug the power cable before you open the case to replace the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="205" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 2" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 641"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="215" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 3" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 642"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="187" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 4" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 643"></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to<br />
take off the cover.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Fix the screws on the HDD but do not fasten them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Match the screws with the holes on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) (WITHOUT HDD) to place the HDD.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="191" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 5" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 644"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="188" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 6" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 645"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="213" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 7" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 646"></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) upside down to see the screws and then</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and<br />
fasten the screws.</li>
</ol>
<p>fasten them.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark12"></a> 2.2.2 E Model</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark14"></a> Installing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The battery is only provided with some models.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="295" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 8" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 647" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p>1. Put the battery cable through the hole.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="301" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 9" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 648" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>2. Connect to the cable into the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark16"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Skip step 6 if the battery is not equipped with the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="175" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 10" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 649"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="170" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 11" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 650"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="176" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 12" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 651" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg 256w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to 2.</p>
<p>take off the cover.</p>
<p>Remove the screws to 3.</p>
<p>Put the HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="182" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 13" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 652"></p>
<p>take off the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="179" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 14" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 653"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="185" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 15" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 654"></p>
<p>4. Match the holes on the</p>
<p>5. Use screws to fix the</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>bracket with the screw</p>
<p>HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p>holes on HDD.</p>
<p>(Optional) Put the battery cable through the hole to connect into the cable port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="185" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 16" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 655"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 17" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 656"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="167" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 18" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 657"></p>
<ol>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Install the bracket back and then fasten the screws.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fasten the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark18"></a> MINI 1U and Compact 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 19" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 658"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="226" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 20" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 659"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="214" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 21" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 660"></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on the rear panel.</li>
<li>Fix the screws on the</li>
<li>Place the HDD onto</li>
</ol>
<p>HDD but do not be</p>
<p>the Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="190" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 22" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 661" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-768x161.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-810x170.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the holes on the back of the device and fix the screws.</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fix the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark20"></a> 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="171" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 23" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 662"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="215" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 24" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 663"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="205" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 25" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 664" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg 295w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on</li>
<li>Fix the screws onto the</li>
<li>Put the HDD into the</li>
</ol>
<p>the cover.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 26" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 665"></p>
<p>4. Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the</p>
<p>HDD, but do not be Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 27" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 666"></p>
<p>5. Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="154" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 28" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 667"></p>
<p>6. Put back the cover and fix the screws.</p>
<p>holes on the back of the</p>
<p>device, and then fix the</p>
<p>screws.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark22"></a> 3 Installing Device into Rack</li>
</ol>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only 1.5U and 2U Devices support this installation.</p>
<p>To install the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) into Rack, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Check if the in-house temperature is lower than 35°C(95T) and make sure the 15cm (6in.) spacing around the Device for ventilation.</p>
<p>Step 1 Use six screws to fix the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) on each side.</p>
<p>Step 2 Install from the bottom up.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you want to install more accessories to the rack, take preventive measures to avoid power socket overload.</p>
<p>Step 3 Install more accessories to the rack if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark24"></a> General Details</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark26"></a> Front Panel</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark28"></a> .1 Smart 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="132" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 29" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 668"></p>
<p>Figure 3-1</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the HDD is running normally.</li>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in</li>
</ul>
<p>malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td>Power status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>abnormally.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the network connection is</li>
</ul>
<p>correct.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the network connection</li>
</ul>
<p>is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark30"></a> 3.1.2 E Model</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1 I</td>
<td></td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>5 7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ □ □ e</td>
<td>A</td>
<td>□ □</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>i □ n n d □ □□□ □□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□! □□□□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td>3 »</td>
<td>!»</td>
<td>■I</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ n n □ □□□□□ ei □□□ ei □□□ □ □□ r ^<sub>1</sub><sup>LJLJ</sup>A&#8217; i □ ei □ □</p>
<p>• □□ □□□□□ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>□ □ </strong>□ □ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ E</li>
<li><strong>□ □ C</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ D □</strong></p>
<p>□ □ □ E</p>
<p>□ DDE</p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ O El □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □</td>
<td>□ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</td>
<td colspan="3">□ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>c □ □ □ [</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<ul>
<li>□ □ □</li>
<li>□ □</li>
</ul>
<p>□ □ □ □</td>
<td>inn □ nun onn □□□ □ onn n □□□ □ nnn n uu</p>
<p>□ □ODD □□□□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ D El □ □ El El □</p>
<p>□ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ ei □ ei □ □ nnn</p>
<p>□ □□□ □ □ □ □□ El □ □ □ □ □□□ El HDD □ □ El EI □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ C □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □□□</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ o □ □</li>
</ul>
<p>inn o □□□ □□□ □□□ □ □□□ □ nnn □ non □ □□ □ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □ □ n □ □ □□□□□ ei □ □ □ □ □□□ □ nnn □ □ ei □ □ □ ei □□□ □ □□□ □ □ □ ei □ □□□ □ □ □ □ nun ei □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nnn e □□□ □ uu</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□ □□□ □ □ □ □ □ o o □ □ □ □□non □ □ □ Q □</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3-2</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button/Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD). The indicator glows blue when the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is turned on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the network connection is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4,5,6</td>
<td>Battery status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains full or no less than sixty percent,</li>
</ul>
<p>the No.4 indicator is on, and the No.5 and No.6 are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between thirty percent and sixty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.5 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between one percent and thirty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.6 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery is exhausted, the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is</li>
</ul>
<p>turned off, or there is no battery attached to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), all the three indicators are out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark32"></a> 3.1.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="111" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 30" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 669" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-3</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>Glows blue when HDD status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Glows blue when network status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Glows blue when the power is connected properly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to peripheral devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark34"></a> 3.1.4 MINI 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="180" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 31" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 670" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31-300x88.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="23" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 32" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 671"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="5">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display assistant <s> funct</s>i<s>on: PTZ contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication light</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal</p>
<p>indication light</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark36"></a> 3.1.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="170" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 33" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 672" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg 633w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow play</td>
<td><strong>h</strong></td>
<td>Multiple slow play speeds or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="2">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display <s> ass</s>i<s>stant funct</s>i<s>on: pt</s><sub><s>7</s></sub><s> contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal indication l^ht</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark38"></a> 3.2 Rear Panel</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark40"></a> 3.2.1 Smart 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="228" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 34" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 673" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-810x223.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-6</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark42"></a> 3.2.2 E Model</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="311" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 35" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 674" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-768x289.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-810x305.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-7</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="313" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 36" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 675" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-300x114.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-768x291.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-810x307.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-8</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7, 8</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Power output port</td>
<td>Outputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Ground</td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-6</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark44"></a> 3.2.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="188" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 37" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 676" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-768x175.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-810x184.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-9</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark46"></a> 3.2.4 MINI 1 U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="229" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 38" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 677" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-768x213.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-810x224.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-10</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the Device have the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports (Group 1: port NO1-C1,</li>
</ul>
<p>Group 2: port NO2-C2, Group 3: port NO3-C3). These ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO: Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C: Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J_</td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input port 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>DB25 port</td>
<td>Connects to the audio splitter taken from the package to convert to audio input port which receives the audio signal from devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input ports 2-16.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use a cable tie to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) to prevent loss.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark48"></a> 3.2.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="209" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 39" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 678" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-300x76.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-768x194.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-810x205.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-11</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">2</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) connect to the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports. (Group 1: port NO1-</li>
</ul>
<p>C1,Group 2:port NO2-C2,Group 3:port NO3-C3) ). These</p>
<p>ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO : Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C : Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to the external devices such as keyboard, mouse, and USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-9</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark50"></a> Remote Control Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Please note the remote control is not our standard accessory and might not be included in the</p>
<p>accessary bag. It is supplied dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="634" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 40" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 679" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg 532w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Press this button to boot up or shut down the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Press this button to input device serial number, so that you can control the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>Multi-step forward speed and normal speed playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Slow motion</td>
<td>Multi-step slow motion speed or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Next record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the next video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Previous record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the previous video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Play/Pause</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In normal playback state, press this button to pause</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In pause state, press this button to resume to normal</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In live view window interface, press this button to enter video</li>
</ul>
<p>search menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">8</td>
<td rowspan="2">Reverse/pause</td>
<td>In the reverse playback state, press this button to pause reverse playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In the reverse playback pause state, press this button to resume to playback reversing state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Esc.</td>
<td>Go back to previous menu or cancel current operation (close front interface or control).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Start or stop record manually.</li>
<li>In record interface, use the direction buttons to select the</li>
</ul>
<p>channel that you want to record.</p>
<ul>
<li>Press this button for at least 1.5 seconds, and the manual</li>
</ul>
<p>record interface will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Direction keys</td>
<td>Switch between current activated controls by going left or right. In playback state, the keys control the playback progress bar. Aux function (such as operating the PTZ menu).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Enter/menu key</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Confirms an operation.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>OK </strong>button.</li>
<li>Go to the menu.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Multiple-window switch</td>
<td>Switch between multiple-window and one-window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Fn</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In single-channel monitoring mode, press this button to</li>
</ul>
<p>display the PTZ control and color setting functions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Switch the PTZ control menu in PTZ control interface.</li>
<li>In motion detection interface, press this button with direction</li>
</ul>
<p>keys to complete setup.</p>
<ul>
<li>In text mode, press and hold this button to delete the last</li>
</ul>
<p>character. To use the clearing function: Long press this button for 1.5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>In HDD menu, switch HDD recording time and other</li>
</ul>
<p>information (as indicated in the pop-up message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>Alphanumeric keys</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Input password, numbers.</li>
<li>Switch channel.</li>
<li>Press Shift to switch the input method.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-10</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark53"></a> Mouse Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Q3 NOTE</p>
<p>The operations are based on the considerations for right-handed users.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">Click left mouse button</td>
<td>Password input dialogue box pops up if you have not logged in yet. In live view window interface, you can go to the main menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When you have selected one menu item, click it to view menu content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Implement the control operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify checkbox or motion detection status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click combo box to pop up drop-down list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text box, click the corresponding button on the panel to enter a numeral or English character (small/capitalized).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In English input mode: Click =1 to enter a backspace and click a</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p><strong>Function</strong></p>
<p>to delete the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="125" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 41" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 680" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>In numeral input mode: Click =1 to clear and click a to delete</p>
<p>the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="135" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 42" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 681"></p>
<p>Double-click left</p>
<p>mouse button</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>Implement special control operations such as double-click one item in the file list to play back the video.</p>
<p>In multiple-window mode, double-click one channel to view in full-window. Double-click current video again to go back to previous multiple-window mode.</p>
<p>Right-click in live view window interface, the shortcut menu is displayed. For different series product, the shortcut menu may vary.</p>
<p>Exit current menu without saving the modification.</p>
<p>In numeral input box: Increase or decrease numeral value.</p>
<p>Click scroll wheel button</p>
<p>Switch the items in the check box.</p>
<p>Page up or page down.</p>
<p>Point to select and move</p>
<p>Select current control and move it.</p>
<p>Dragging selection with left button</p>
<p>a box</p>
<p>mouse</p>
<p>Select motion detection zone.</p>
<p>Select privacy mask zone.</p>
<p>Table 3-11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="488" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 43" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 682" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg 657w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark55"></a> Connecting Basics</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<p>Typical Connection Diagram</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The following figure is for reference only. The actual product shall govern.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="512" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 44" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 683" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-768x444.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-810x468.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="592" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 45" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 684" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-810x541.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="656" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 46" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 685" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-300x222.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-768x569.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-810x600.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark57"></a> Connecting to Video and Audio Input and Output
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark59"></a> Video Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The video input interface is BNC. The input video format includes: PAL/NTSC BNC (1.0VP-P, 75Q.).</p>
<p>The video signal should comply with your national standards.</p>
<p>The input video signal shall have high SNR, low distortion; low interference, natural color and suitable lightness.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee the stability and reliability of the camera signal</strong></p>
<p>The camera shall be installed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, inflammable, explosive substances and etc.</p>
<p>The camera and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) should have the same grounding to ensure the normal operation of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee stability and reliability of the transmission line</strong></p>
<p>Please use high quality, sound shielded BNC. Please select suitable BNC model according to the transmission distance.</p>
<p>If the distance is too long, you should use twisted pair cable, and you can add video compensation devices or use optical fiber to ensure video quality.</p>
<p>You should keep the video signal away from the strong electromagnetic interference, especially the high-tension current.</p>
<p><strong>Keep connection lugs in well contact</strong></p>
<p>The signal line and shielded wire should be fixed firmly and in well connection. Avoid dry joint, lap welding and oxidation.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark61"></a> Video Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video output includes a BNC (PAL/NTSC1.0Vp-p, 75Q) output, a VGA output and HDMI output. System supports BNC, VGA and HDMI output at the same time.</p>
<p>When you are using pc-type monitor to replace the monitor, please pay attention to the following points:</p>
<ul>
<li>To defer aging, do not allow the pc monitor to run for a long time.</li>
<li>Regular demagnetization will keep device maintain proper status.</li>
<li>Keep it away from strong electromagnetic interference devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using TV as video output device is not a reliable substitution method. You also need to reduce the working hour and control the interference from power supply and other devices. The low- quality TV may result in device damage.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark63"></a> Audio Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>These series Product audio input port adopt BNC port.</p>
<p>Due to high impedance of audio input, please use active sound pick-up.</p>
<p>Audio transmission is like video transmission. Try to avoid interference, dry joint, loose contact and it shall be away from high tension current.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark65"></a> Audio Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The audio output signal parameter is usually over 200mv 1KQ (BNC or RCA). It can directly connect to low impedance earphone, active sound box or amplifier-drive audio output device. If the sound box and the pick-up cannot be separated spatially, it is easy to arouse squeaking. In this case you can adopt the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use better sound pick-up with better directing property.</li>
<li>Reduce the volume of the sound box.</li>
<li>Using more sound-absorbing materials in decoration can reduce voice echo and improve acoustics environment.</li>
<li>Adjust the layout to reduce happening of the squeaking.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark68"></a> Connecting to Alarm Input and Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please read the followings before connecting.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm input</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please make sure alarm input mode is grounding alarm input.</li>
<li>Grounding signal is needed for alarm input.</li>
<li>Alarm input needs the low-level voltage signal.</li>
<li>Alarm input mode can be either NC (normal Open) or NO (Normal Close)</li>
<li>When you are connecting two DVR (WITHOUT HDD)s or you are connecting one DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) and one other device, please use a relay to separate them.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm output</strong></p>
<p>The alarm output port should not be connected to high power load directly (It shall be less than 1A) to avoid high current which may result in relay damage. Please use the contactor to realize the connection between the alarm output port and the load.</p>
<p><strong>How to connect PTZ decoder</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the decoder has the same grounding with DVR (WITHOUT HDD), otherwise you may not control the PTZ. Shielded twisted wire is recommended and the shielded layer is used to connect to the grounding.</li>
<li>Avoid high voltage. Ensure proper wiring and some thunder protection measures.</li>
<li>For too long signal wires, 120Q should be parallel connected between A, B lines on the far end to reduce reflection and guarantee the signal quality.</li>
<li>“485 A, B” of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) cannot parallel connect with “485 port” of another</li>
</ul>
<p>device.</p>
<ul>
<li>The voltage between of A, B lines of the decoder should be less than 5V.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark70"></a> Please make sure the front-end device has soundly earthed</p>
<p>Improper grounding may result in chip damage.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark72"></a> .3.1 Introducing Alarm Port</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The alarm input ports are dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p>I 4 NOT C1 4 NO2 C2 4 NO3 C3 4 NO4 C4 4- NO5 C5 NC5 4- <sup>C</sup>&lt;2V~ T* T- R+ R- |</p>
<p>[BBHMBBBBBBiaiilIRffBBBBBïHïBBRI I 1 2 3 445 6 7 8 4 A B 4 9 10 11 12 4 13 14 15 16 4 4 |</p>
<p>Figure 4-4</p>
<p><strong>Icon Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,</p>
<p>7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16</td>
<td>ALARM 1 to ALARM 16. The alarm becomes active in low voltage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO1 C1, NO2 C2, NO3 C3, NO4 C4</td>
<td>There are four groups of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO5 C5 NC5,</td>
<td>There is one group of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL 12V</td>
<td>Control power output of the 6<strong><sup>th</sup> </strong>alarm output channel. Voltage current: 500mA.</p>
<ul>
<li>When there is an alarm output, close the power output.</li>
<li>When the alarm is cancelled, open the power output.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>+12V</td>
<td>Rated current.</p>
<p>Voltage current: 500mA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground cable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>485 A/B</td>
<td>485 communication port. They are used to control devices such as decoder. 1200 should be parallel connected between A, B lines if there are too many PTZ decoders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T+,T-,R+,R-</td>
<td>Four-wire full-duplex RS485 port.</p>
<p>T+ T-: output wire.</p>
<p>R+ R-: input wire.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-1</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark74"></a> .3.2 Alarm Input</li>
</ul>
<p>Please refer to the following figure for more information.</p>
<ul>
<li>Grounding alarm inputs which includes Normal open and Normal close type.</li>
<li>Please parallel connect COM end and GND end of the alarm detector (Provide external power to the alarm detector).</li>
<li>Please parallel connect the Ground of the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and the ground of the alarm detector.</li>
<li>Please connect the NC port of the alarm sensor to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) alarm input(ALARM)</li>
<li>Use the same ground with that of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) if you use external power to the alarm device.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="307" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 47" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 686" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg 521w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-5</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark76"></a> .3.3 Alarm Output</li>
<li>Provide external power to external alarm device.</li>
<li>To avoid overloading, please read the following relay parameters table carefully.</li>
<li>RS485 A/B cable is for the A/B cable of the PTZ decoder.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark78"></a> .3.4 Alarm Output Relay Parameters</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Refer to the actual product for relay model information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Material of the touch</td>
<td>AgNi+ gold-plating</td>
<td>AuAg10/AgNi10/CuNi30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Rating (Resistance Load)</td>
<td>Rated switch capacity</td>
<td>30V DC 1A/125V AC 0.5A</td>
<td>24V DC 1A/125V AC 2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch power</td>
<td>62.5VA/30W</td>
<td>250VA/48W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch voltage</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch currency</td>
<td>2A</td>
<td>2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Insulation</td>
<td>Between touches</td>
<td>400VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>500VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Between touch and winding</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-on Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-off Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Longevity</td>
<td>Mechanical</td>
<td>1x107times</td>
<td>5&#215;106 times</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electrical</td>
<td>1*105 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
<td>2.5*104 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Working Temperature</td>
<td>-30C-+70C</td>
<td>-40C-+70C</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark80"></a> Connecting to RS485 Port</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the RS485 cable of the PTZ camera to the RS485 port on the Device. Ensure the match of A and B interfaces.</p>
<p>Step 2 Connect the video out cable of the PTZ camera to the video input port on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Turn on the PTZ camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark82"></a> Replacing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please make sure to use the same battery model if possible.</p>
<p>We recommend replace battery regularly (such as one-year) to guarantee system time</p>
<p>accuracy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 48" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 687"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Before replacement, please save the system setup, otherwise, you may lose the data completely!</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark85"></a> Local Configurations</li>
</ol>
<p>Please read the following notes prior to using your Device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Conventions for mouse operations on a menu.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Click: On the menu, left-click the mouse once on an option to enter the option setting.</p>
<p>O Right-click: On any interface, right-click the mouse once to return to the previous level. For details about mouse operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark52">&#8220;3.4 Mouse Operations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark87"></a> Initial Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark89"></a> Booting up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the input voltage corresponds to the power requirement of the Device. Power on the Device after the power cable is properly connected.</li>
<li>To protect the Device, please connect the Device with the power cable first, and then connect to the power source.</li>
<li>To ensure the stable work of the Device and the external devices connected to the Device and to prolong the batter life, it is recommended to refer to the national related standard to use the power source that provides stable voltage with less interference from ripples. USP power source is recommended.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the Device to the monitor.</p>
<p>Step 2 Plug in the power cable to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Press the power button to turn on the Device. The power indicator light is on.</p>
<p>On the connected monitor, the live view screen is displayed by default. If you turn on the Device during the time period that is configured for recording, the system starts recording after it is turned on, and you will see the icon indicating recording status is working in the specific channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark91"></a> Initializing the Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When booting up for the first time, you need to configure the password information for <strong>admin </strong>(by default).</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>To secure the Device, it is strongly recommended for you to properly keep the password for admin and modify it regularly.</p>
<p>Step 1 Turn on the Device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device Initialization </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark93"> Figure 5-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="605" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 49" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 688" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark93"></a> Step 2 Configure the password information for admin. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark94"> Table 5-1.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td colspan="4">By default, the user is <strong>admin</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2">In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the password for admin.</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Prompt Question</td>
<td colspan="4">In the <strong>Prompt Question </strong>box, enter the information that can remind you of the password.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2">On the login interface, click</td>
<td>Efi</td>
<td rowspan="2">, the prompt will display to help you</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>find back the password.</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark94"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The unlock pattern setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark95"> Figure 5-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="565" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 50" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 689" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark95"></a> Step 4 Draw a unlock pattern.</p>
<p>After the setting is completed, the password protection settings interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark96"> Figure 5-3.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The pattern that you want to set must cross at least four points.</li>
<li>If you do not want to configure the unlock pattern, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</li>
<li>Once you have configured the unlock pattern, the system will require the unlock</li>
</ul>
<p>pattern as the default login method. If you skip this setting, enter the password for login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="584" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 51" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 690" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark96"></a> Figure 5-3</p>
<p>Step 5 Configure the protection parameters for password. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark97"> Table 5-2.</a></p>
<p>After configuration, if you forgot the password for admin user, you can reset the password through the reserved email address or security questions. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark98">&#8220;5.1.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>If you do not want to configure the settings, disable the email address and security questions functions on the interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>Protection Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the reserved email address.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter an email address for password reset. In case you forgot password, enter the security code that you will get from this reserved email address to reset the password of admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</p>
<p>Questions</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the security questions and answers.</p>
<p>In case you forgot password, enter the answers to the questions can make you reset the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Œ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">If you want to configure the email or security questions fucntion later or you want to</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark97"></a> change the configurations, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Account </strong>^ <strong>USER</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-2</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>End-User License Agreement </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step <em>S</em> Select the <strong>I have read and agree to all terms </strong>check box.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. For details about quick settings during startup, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark108">&#8220;5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark99"></a> 5.1.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the QR code or the security questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reset through the QR code, make sure the Enable check box is selected in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>SECURITY &gt; Password Reset</strong>.</li>
<li>To reset through the security questions, make sure the security quesitons is configured. Step 1 Enter the login interface.</li>
<li>If you have configured unlock pattern, the unlock pattern login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark101"> Figure 5-4.</a> Click <strong>Forgot Pattern</strong>, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
<li>If you did not configure unlock pattern, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>On the unlock pattern login interface, click <strong>Switch User </strong>to login<strong>; </strong>or on the password login interface, in the <strong>User Nam</strong>e list, select other users to login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="331" height="534" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 52" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 691" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg 331w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52-186x300.jpeg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-4</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="274" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 53" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 692" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg 490w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark102"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>□.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you did not set the reserved email address, the email entering interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6.</a> Enter the email address, and then click <strong>Next</strong>, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
<li>If you have set the reserved email address, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="611" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 54" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 693" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark103"></a> Figure 5-6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="600" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 55" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 694" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg 856w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark104"></a> Step 3 Rest the password.</p>
<ul>
<li>QR code</li>
</ul>
<p>Follow the onscreen instructions to get the security code in your reserved email address. In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You are given the limited times to get the security code by scanning the QR code within 24 hours. Please operate carefully.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Security questions</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface as shown in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6,</a> in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, select <strong>Security Questions</strong>, the Security Questions interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark105">Figure 5-8.</a></li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you did not configure the security questions before, in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, there will be no <strong>Security Questions</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Answer </strong>box, enter the correct answers.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 56" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 695" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark105"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark106"> Figure 5-9.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="605" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 57" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 696" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark106"></a> Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Figure 5-9</p>
<p>In the <strong>New Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed asking if you want to sync the password with the remote devices, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel</strong>, the resetting is finished.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>, the Sync Info interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="577" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 58" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 697" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 59" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 698"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark107"></a> This message appears only when there are digital channels instead of complete analog channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="576" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 60" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 699" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-768x535.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-810x564.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-11</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark109"></a> 5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark111"></a> Entering Startup Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Startup Wizard helps you configure the basic settings to set up the Device.</p>
<p>After you have initialized the Device, the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark113"> Figure 5­12.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="384" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 61" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 700" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg 571w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark113"></a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Auto-check for updates </strong>check box, the system will notify you automatically when updates are available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark114"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark115"></a> Configuring General Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the general settings for the Device such as Device name, language, and settings for instant playback.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> System <em>■+</em> General ^ General</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>General </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark117"> Figure 5-13.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="614" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 62" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 701" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg 878w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-13</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the general settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark118"> Table 5-3.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark117"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>box, enter the Device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device No.</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device No. </strong>box, enter a number for the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Language</td>
<td>In the <strong>Language </strong>list, select a language for the Device system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Standard</td>
<td>In the <strong>Video Standard </strong>list, select <strong>PAL </strong>or <strong>NTSC </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Instant Play (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time length for playing back the recoded video. The value ranges from 5 to 60.</p>
<p>On the live view control bar, click the instant playback button to play back the recorded video within the configured time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Logout (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Auto Logout </strong>box, enter the standby time for the Device. The Device automatically logs out when it is not working for the configured time period. You need to login the Device again.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 60. 0 indicates there is not standby time for the Device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Monitor Channel(s) when logout</strong>. You can select the channels that you want to continue monitoring when you logged out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Navigation Bar</td>
<td>Enable the navigation bar. When you click on the live view screen, the navigation bar is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark118"></a> Mouse Sensitivity</td>
<td>Adjust the speed of double-click by moving the slider.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the faster the double-clicking speed must be.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark120"></a> Configuring Date and Time Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the system time, choose the time zone, set the daylight saving time, and enable the NTP server.</p>
<p>You can also configure date and time settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ System <em>■+</em> General ^ Date &amp;Time</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the general settings, on the <strong>General </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Date &amp; Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark122"> Figure 5-14.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="582" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 63" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 702" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-810x567.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-14</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for date and time parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark123"> Table 5-4.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark122"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>System Time </strong>box, enter time for the system.</p>
<p>Click the time zone list, you can select a time zone for the system, and the time in adjust automatically.</p>
<p>/K CAUTION</p>
<p>Do not change the system time randomly; otherwise the recorded video cannot be searched. It is recommended to avoid the recoding period or stop recording first before you change the system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Format </strong>list, select a date format for the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Separator</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Separator </strong>list, select a separator style for the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Time Format </strong>list, select <strong>12-HOUR </strong>or <strong>24-HOUR </strong>for the time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DST</td>
<td>Enable the Daylight-Saving Time function. Click <strong>Week </strong>or click <strong>Date</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td rowspan="2">Configure the start time and end time for the DST.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NTP</td>
<td>Enable the NTP function to sync the Device time with the NTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>In the <strong>Server </strong>box, enter the IP address or domain name of the corresponding NTP server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Manual Update</strong>, the Device starts syncing with the server immediately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The system supports TCP protocol only and the default setting is 123.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark123"></a> Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the amount of time that you want the Device to sync time with the NTP server. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-4</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark125"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic network settings such as net mode, IP version, and IP address of the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure network settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the date and time settings, on the <strong>Date&amp;Time </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark127"> Figure 5-15.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="795" height="562" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 64" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 703" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg 795w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-15</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for network parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark128"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark128"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Net Mode</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multi-address</strong>: Two Ethernet ports work separately through either of which you can request the Device to provide the services such as HTTP and RTSP. You need to configure a default Ethernet port (usually the Ethernet port 1 by default) to request the services from the device end such as DHCP, Email and FTP. If one of the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>two Ethernet ports is disconnected as detected by networking testing, the system network status is regarded as offline.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Fault Tolerance</strong>: Two Ethernet ports share one IP address.</li>
</ul>
<p>Normally only one Ethernet port is working and when this port fails, the other port will start working automatically to ensure the network connection.</p>
<p>When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Load Balance</strong>: Two network cards share one IP address and they</li>
</ul>
<p>are working at the same time to share the network load averagely. If one of them fails, the other can continue working normally. When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The Device with single Ethernet port does not support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Ethernet Port</td>
<td>In the <strong>Ethernet Card </strong>list, select an Ethernet port as a default port.</p>
<p>This setting is available only when the <strong>Multi-address </strong>is selected in the <strong>Net Mode </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Version</td>
<td>In the <strong>IP Version </strong>list, you can select <strong>IPv4 </strong>or <strong>IPv6</strong>. Both versions are supported for access.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function. The IP address, subnet mask and default gateway are not available for configuration once DHCP is enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DHCP is effective, the obtained information will display in the <strong>IP</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Address </strong>box, <strong>Subnet Mask </strong>box and <strong>Default Gateway </strong>box. If not, all values show 0.0.0.0.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you want manually to configure the IP information, disable the</li>
</ul>
<p>DHCP function first.</p>
<ul>
<li>If PPPoE connection is successful, the IP address, subnet mask,</li>
</ul>
<p>default gateway, and DHCP are not available for configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enter the IP address and configure the corresponding subnet mask and default gateway.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>IP address and default gateway must be in the same network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function to get the DNS address from router.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preferred DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Preferred DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alternate DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Alternate DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of alternate DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>In the <strong>MTU </strong>box, enter a value for network card. The value ranges from 1280 byte through 1500 byte. The default is 1500.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Modifying MTU value will cause network interruption and restart,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>which interrupt the network service. There is a pop-up message to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>let you confirm if you want to save the modification, if yes, the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>modification takes effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Suggested MTU values are as below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1500: The biggest value of Ethernet information package.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This value is typically selected if there is no PPPoE or VPN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>connection, and it is also the default value of some routers,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>network adapters and switches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1492: Optimized value for PPPoE.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1468: Optimized value for DHCP.</p>
<p>O 1450: Optimized value for VPN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Test</td>
<td>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the entered IP address and gateway are interworking.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-5</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark130"></a> Configuring InstaOn Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add the Device into your cell phone client or the platform to manage.</p>
<p>You can also configure InstaOn function by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network <em>■+</em> InstaOn Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Make sure the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is connected into the Internet, and if yes, in the <strong>Status </strong>box of the InstaOn interface, it shows <strong>Online</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the network settings, on the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn Cloud </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark132"> Figure 5-16.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="747" height="524" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 65" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 704" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg 747w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 747px) 100vw, 747px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-16</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark132"></a> Step 2 Enable the InstaOn function.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>You can start adding the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device.</li>
<li>Platform: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual.</li>
</ul>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You can also enter the QR code of Cell Phone Client and Device SN by clicking<br />
on the top right of the interfaces after you have entered the Main Menu.</p>
<p>PG</p>
<p>To use this function, take adding device into Cell Phone Client as an example.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Device into Cell Phone Client</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Use your cell phone to scan the QR code under Cell Phone Client to download the application.</p>
<p>Step 2 On your cell phone, open the application, and then tap .</p>
<p>The menu is displayed. You can start adding the device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Device Manager</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Device Manager </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark133"> Figure 5-17.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="731" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 66" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 705" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-17</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark133"></a> Tap on the top right corner.</li>
</ol>
<p>The interface requiring device initialization is displayed. A pop-up message reminding you to make sure the Device is initialized is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>O If the Device has not been initialized, Tap <strong>Device Initialization </strong>to perform initializing by following the onscreen instructions.</p>
<p>O If the Device has been initialized, you can start adding it directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Add Device interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark134"> Figure 5-18.</a></p>
<p>LJ NOTE</p>
<p>You can add wireless device or wired device. The Manual takes adding wired device as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="640" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 67" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 706" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark134"></a> 5) Tap <strong>InstaOn</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark135"> Figure 5-19.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="534" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 68" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 707" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg 370w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68-208x300.jpeg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>..■Il E 10:39 O 41%</strong></p>
<p>(V) Scan QR Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="458" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 69" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 708" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69-280x300.jpeg 280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark135"></a> Enter a name for the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), the username and password, scan the QR code under <strong>Device SN</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Start Live Preview</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is added and displayed on the live view interface of the cell phone.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark136"> Figure 5-20.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="664" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 70" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 709" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg 389w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-20</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark137"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings of main stream and sub stream for the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure encode settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera <em>■+</em> Encode ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the InstaOn settings, on the <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>. The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark139"> Figure 5-21.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="854" height="599" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 71" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 710" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg 854w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-21</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark139"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark140"> Table 5-6.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>However, the actual range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate Type </strong>list, select <strong>CBR </strong>(Constant Bit Rate) or <strong>VBR </strong>(Variable Bit Rate). If you select <strong>CBR</strong>, the image quality cannot be configured; if you select VBR, the image quality can be configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio In port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-6</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark141"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic snapshot settings such as quantity of snapshot each time, channel(s) to take snapshot, and image size and quality of snapshot.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>For more information about snapshot settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark365">&#8220;5.8 Configuring Snapshot Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>Encode </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark143"> Figure 5-22.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="545" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 72" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 711" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-768x538.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-22</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark143"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark144"> Table 5-7.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select type of snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configure the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark144"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configure or customize the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-7</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark145"></a> Configuring Basic Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the situations when HDD is full, file length and time length of recorded video, and the settings if to auto-delete the old files.</p>
<p>You can also configure basic storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark147"> Figure 5-23.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="501" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 73" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 712" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg 711w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-23</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark147"></a> Step 2 Configure the basic storage settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark148"> Table 5-8.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation when all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files always</li>
</ul>
<p>from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, in the <strong>Auto­Delete Old Files </strong>list, select <strong>Customized </strong>to configure the time length for how long you want to keep the old files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-8</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark150"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the schedule for the recorded video such as channels to record, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure recorded video storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+ </em>Schedule ^ Record</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the basic storage settings, on the <strong>BASIC </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Record </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark152"> Figure 5-24.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="713" height="500" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 74" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 713" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg 713w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 713px) 100vw, 713px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-24</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark152"></a> Step 2 Configure the record settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark153"> Table 5-9.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to record the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-record</td>
<td>In the <strong>Pre-record </strong>list, enter the amount of time that you want to start the recording in advance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redundancy</td>
<td>If there are several HDDs installed to the Device, you can set one of the HDDs as the redundant HDD to save the recorded files into different HDDs. In case one of the HDDs is damaged, you can find the backup in the other HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>HDD MANAGER</strong>, and then set</li>
</ul>
<p>a HDD as redundant HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>Schedule </strong>^ <strong>Record</strong>, and</li>
</ul>
<p>then select the <strong>Redundancy </strong>check box.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is not recording, the redundancy</p>
<p>function takes effect next time you record no matter you select the check box or not.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is recording, the current recorded</p>
<p>files will be packed, and then start recording according to the new schedule.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>The redundant HDD only back up the recorded videos but not</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(motion detect, video loss, tempering, diagnosis), <strong>Alarm </strong>(IoT alarms, local alarms, alarms from alarm box, IPC external alarms, IPC Offline alarms), <strong>MD &amp; Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel </strong>(IVS events, face detection), and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured recording setting is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EO NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark153"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-9</p>
<p>Step 3 Define the video recording period by drawing or editing. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<p>• Define the period by drawing.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of event type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark154"> Figure 5-25.</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark154"></a> B General</p>
<p><strong>■ MD</strong></p>
<p>| Alarm</p>
<p>MD&amp;Alarm ■ Intel</p>
<p>■ 90S</p>
<p>Figure 5-25</p>
<ol>
<li>Define a period. The system supports maximum six periods.</li>
</ol>
<p>o</p>
<p>Define for the whole week: Click H next to <strong>All</strong>, all the icon switches to □</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>you can define the period for all the days simultaneously.</p>
<p>Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day one by one, the</p>
<p>icon switches to S. You can define the period for the selected days</p>
<p>simultaneously.</p>
<p>On the timeline, drag to define a period. The Device starts recoding the selected<br />
event type in the defined period. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark155"> Figure 5-26.</a></p>
<p>3)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="404" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 75" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 714" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-810x385.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-26</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark155"></a> The color bar indicates the event type that is effective in a defined period:</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Recording priority in case of event types are overlapped: <strong>MD&amp;Alarm </strong><em>•+ </em><strong>Alarm ^ Intel ^ MD ^ General</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Select the check box of event type, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="41" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 76" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 715"></p>
<p>to clear the defined</p>
<p>period.</p>
<ul>
<li>When selecting MD&amp;Alarm, the respective check box of MD and Alarm will be cleared.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 77" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 716"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark156"> Figure 5-27.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2115" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 78" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 717" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-27</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark156"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the event check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>After configuring the recording schedule settings, you need to perform the following operations to start recording according to the defined schedule. O Enable the alarm event and cofigure the settings for the recording channel.</li>
</ul>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>O You need to enable the recording function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">Control.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark158"></a> 5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</p>
<p>You can configure the storage schedule for the snapshot such as channels to take snapshot, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure snapshot storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the video recording settings, on the <strong>Record </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark160"> Figure 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Alt</td>
<td colspan="2">Q General</td>
<td>■ MD</td>
<td>■ Alarm</td>
<td colspan="2">MD&amp;Alarm</td>
<td>■ Intel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
<td>2 4</td>
<td>6 8</td>
<td>10 12 14</td>
<td>16 18</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>22 24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Sunday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Monday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Tuesday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>«</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Wednes&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Thursday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Friday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Saturday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back Finished Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-28</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark160"></a> Step 2 Configure the snapshot settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark161"> Table 5-10.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD</strong>, <strong>Alarm</strong>, <strong>MD&amp;Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel</strong>, and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured snapshot setting is active. For details about defining a period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark161"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-10</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Finished</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The live view screen is displayed. The setting up with startup wizard is completed. You can start using the Device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark162"></a> 5.2 Live View</p>
<p>After you logged in the Device, the live view is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark164"> Figure 5-29.</a> The number of channels displayed depends on your model.</p>
<p>To enter the live view screen from other interfaces, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="46" class="wp-image-2116" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 79" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 718"></p>
<p>on the top right of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="664" class="wp-image-2117" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 80" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 719" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-300x241.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-768x617.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-810x650.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-29</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark165"></a> Live View Screen</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video from the connected cameras through each channel on the screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>By default, the system time, channel name and channel number are displayed on each channel window. This setting can be configured by selecting <strong>Main Menu &gt; Camera &gt; OVERLAY.</strong></li>
<li>The figure in the bottom right corner represents channel number. If the channel position is changed or the channel name is modified, you can recognize the channel number by this figure and then perform the operations such as record query and playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>For the icons displayed on each channel, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark167"> Table 5-11.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>Indicates recording status. This icon displays when the video is being recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This icon displays when the motion detection occurs in the scene.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>?</td>
<td>This icon displays when the video loss is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark167"></a> a</td>
<td>This icon displays when the channel monitoring is locked.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-11</p>
<p>TIPS</p>
<p>To switch the position of two channels, point to one of the two channels, and then drag the window to the other channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark168"></a> Live View Control bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The live view control bar provides you access to perform the operations such as playback, zoom, real-time backup, manual snapshot, voice talk, adding remote devices, and streams switch.</p>
<p>When you move the pointer to the top middle position of a channel window, the live view control bar is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark170"> Figure 5-30 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark171"> Figure 5-31 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is not operation for six seconds after the control bar is displayed, the control bar hides automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="429" class="wp-image-2118" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 81" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 720" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81-300x272.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark170"></a> Figure 5-30</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="439" class="wp-image-2119" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 82" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 721" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark171"></a> Figure 5-31</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Instant Play</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>7</td>
<td>Add IP Camera</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Digital Zoom</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Mute</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Real-time</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Audio Talk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark173"></a> 5.2.2.1 Instant Playback</p>
<p>You can play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video.</p>
<p>By clicking □, the instant playback interface is displayed. The instant playback has the</p>
<p>following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Move the slider to choose the time you want to start playing.</li>
<li>Play, pause and close playback.</li>
<li>The information such as channel name and recording status icon are shielded during instant playback and will not display until exited.</li>
<li>During playback, screen split layout switch is not allowed.</li>
<li>To change the playback time, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System &gt; GENERAL</strong>, in the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time you want to play back. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark175"> Figure 5-32.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="794" height="447" class="wp-image-2120" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 83" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 722" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg 794w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-32</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark176"></a> 5.2.2.2 Digital Zoom</p>
<p>You can enlarge a specific area of the image to view the details by either of the following two ways.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click Ltl, the icon switches to ^3. Hold down the left mouse button to select the area</li>
</ul>
<p>you want to enlarge. The area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released.</p>
<ul>
<li>Point to the center that you want to enlarge, rotate the wheel button to enlarge the area.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when the image is enlarged in the first way described previously, the selected area is zoomed proportionally according to the window.</li>
<li>When the image is in the enlarged status, you can drag the image toward any direction to view the other enlarged areas.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Right-click on the enlarged image to return the original status.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark178"></a> Real-time Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record the video of any channel and save the clip into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking , the recording is started. To stop recording, click this icon again. The clip is</p>
<p>automatically saved into the connected USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark180"></a> Manual Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can take one to five snapshots of the video and save into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking you can take snapshots. The snapshots are automatically saved into the</p>
<p>connected USB storage device. You can view the snapshots on your PC.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>To change the quantity of snapshots, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select the snapshot quantity.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark182"></a> Mute (Analog channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can mute the video sound by clicking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2121" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 84" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 723"></p>
<p>. This function is supported in single-channel</p>
<p>view.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark184"></a> Bidirectional Talk (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the voice interaction between the Device and the remote device to improve<br />
efficiency of emergency. This function is supported only when the remotely connected IPC<br />
device supports bidirectional talk.</p>
<p>, the icon switches to ^3, the bidirectional talk of the remote device is turned</p>
<p>on. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is disabled.</p>
<p>• Click □ to cancel the bidirectional talk. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is resumed.</p>
<p>• Click</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark186"></a> Remote Devices (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information of remote devices and add new remote devices to replace the current connected devices.</p>
<p>By clicking LJ, the <strong>Camera Registration </strong>interface is displayed. For details about adding the</p>
<p>remote devices, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark188"></a> 5.2.3 Navigation Bar</p>
<p>You can access the functions to perform operations through the function icons on the navigation bar. For example, you can access Main Menu and switch window split mode. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark190"> Figure 5-33.</a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>The navigation bar is disabled by default. It does not appear in the live view screen until it is enabled. To enable it, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>General</strong>, enable the Navigation Bar, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="40" class="wp-image-2122" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 85" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 724" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-768x37.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-810x39.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-33</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark190"></a><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>Expand or condense the navigation bar.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">i_uuia»</td>
<td>Select view layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Go to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">IE]</td>
<td>Go to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Enable tour function. The icon switches to ^^3.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open the PTZ control panel. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">&#8220;5.4 Controlling</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">PTZ Cameras.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>Color Setting </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">&#8220;5.2.5 Color</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">Setting.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>CD <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>This function is supported only in single-channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the record search interface. For detail, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">&#8220;5.9 Playing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">H</td>
<td>Open the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface to view the device alarm status. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark852">&#8220;5.19.3 Viewing Event Information.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">E3</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface to display the information of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark311">&#8220;5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">&#8220;5.14.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">o</td>
<td>Open the <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">&#8220;5.17.3</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">Configuring HDD Manager.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>USB MANAGER </strong>interface. For details about USB operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark191"></a> 5.2.4 Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>You can quickly access some function interfaces such as main menu, record search, PTZ setting, color setting and select the view split mode.</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark193"> Figure 5-34.</a> For details about the functions of shortcut menu, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark194"> Table 5-13.</a></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you access any interface through shortcut menu, you can return to the previous screen by right-clicking on the current screen.</p>
<p><strong>Main Menu</strong></p>
<p><strong>Q Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>W PTZ</strong></p>
<p>■ View 1 ►</p>
<p>S View 4 »</p>
<p>■- View 8 ►</p>
<p>S View 9 ►</p>
<p>Si View 16 : Previous Screen : Next Screen</p>
<p>S Manual ►</p>
<p>Preview Mode »</p>
<p><strong>S Color Setting</strong></p>
<p><strong>3G</strong></p>
<p><strong>a Image</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-34</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark193"></a><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main Menu</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search</td>
<td>Open the <strong>Playback </strong>interface where you can search and play back record files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Open the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Layout</td>
<td>Configure the live view screen as a single-channel layout or multi­channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous Screen</td>
<td rowspan="2">Click Previous Screen to go to the previous screen. For example, if you are using 4-split mode, the first screen is displaying the channel 1-4, click <strong>Next screen</strong>, you can view channel 5-8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next Screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Registration</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Record</strong>, you can configure the recording mode as</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Manual</strong>, or stop the recording. You can also enable or disable snapshot function</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Alarm Out</strong>, you can configure alarm output settings.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>General</strong>, the layout of live view screen is as default.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Show Face Lis</strong>t, the detected face snapshots are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed in the bottom of the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Focus</td>
<td>Point to the channel window and right-click on it to open the shortcut menu, and then click <strong>Auto Focus</strong>.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all cameras support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Setting</td>
<td>Open the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface where you can adjust the video image color.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark194"></a> Image</td>
<td>Click to modify the camera properties.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-13</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark196"></a> Color Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can adjust the video image color effect such as sharpness, brightness, and contrast. The parameters are different according to the connected camera type. Take analog channel as an example.</p>
<p>In the live view screen, right-click on the analog channel to see the shortcut menu, and then select <strong>Color Setting</strong>, the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark198"> Figure 5-35.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark279">&#8220;5.5.1 Configuring Image Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="585" class="wp-image-2123" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 86" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 725" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86-271x300.jpeg 271w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark198"></a> Figure 5-35</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Divide 24 hours into two periods and configure the corresponding color settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the function and then set the effective time for each period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjust the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjust the image brightness. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjust the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjust the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Standard</strong>, <strong>Soft</strong>, <strong>Bright</strong>, <strong>Colorful</strong>, <strong>Bank</strong>, <strong>Customized 1</strong>, <strong>Customized 2</strong>, <strong>Customized 3, </strong>and <strong>Customized 4</strong>.</p>
<p>The sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation will adjust automatically according to the selected color mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EQ</td>
<td>Enhance the image effect. Adjust the effect value.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Click ^3, image is adjusted to the optimized effect</p>
<p>automatically.</p>
<p>• Click ^3, the current effect setting will be locked.</p>
<p>EO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only HD analog channel supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Position</td>
<td>Adjust the display position of the image in the channel window.</p>
<p>The value indicates pixel. The default value is 16.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This function is only supported by analog channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Customized</td>
<td>You can customize four color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Customized</strong>. The <strong>Customized Color </strong>interface is</li>
</ol>
<p>displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Customized 1</strong>, for example.</li>
</ol>
<p>Then configure the settings for sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation. If you select <strong>All</strong>, the configuration will apply to all four customized color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>On the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface, in the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can</li>
</ol>
<p>select the customized color mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-14</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark199"></a> Live View Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="979" height="492" class="wp-image-2124" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 87" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 726" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg 979w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 979px) 100vw, 979px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark201"></a> Configuring Display Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the display effect such as displaying time title and channel title, adjusting image transparency, and selecting the resolution.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong><em>■+</em><strong> Display</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DISPLAY </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark203"> Figure 5-36.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="784" height="439" class="wp-image-2125" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 88" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 727" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg 784w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-36</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark203"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the display parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark204"> Table 5-15.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Main</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Indicates the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Title </strong>check box, the current system time displays in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box, the channel name, channel number and recording status display in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Original Rate</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Original Rate </strong>check box, the video image displays in its actual size in the channel window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IVS Rule Preview</td>
<td>Select the <strong>IVS Rule Preview </strong>check box to enable IVS rule preview function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transparency</td>
<td>Configure the transparency of the graphical user interface (GUI). The higher the value, the more transparent the GUI becomes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;1024.</p>
<p>OJ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>General: No information is displayed on the channel</li>
</ul>
<p>window.</p>
<ul>
<li>Show Face List: Displays the detected face snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p>taken as a result of face detection on the bottom of the live view screen.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable extra screen function. After this function is enabled, you can select which port as extra screen port, and the other port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Select the VGA port or HDMI port as the port connected by a secondary monitor. For example, if you select HDMI port as the extra screen port, the VGA port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;720.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• The main menu does not display on the extra screen.</p>
<p>• If you do not enable the extra screen function, both the VGA port and HDMI port</p>
<p>display the same image.</p>
<p>Table 5-15</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark205"></a> Configuring Viewing Layout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the view layout in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ VIEW</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>View Setting </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark207"> Figure 5-37.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="408" class="wp-image-2126" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 89" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 728" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg 722w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-37</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark208"></a> Step 2 Configure the view layout by clicking the layout buttons on the bottom. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark208"> Figure 5­38.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="56" class="wp-image-2127" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 90" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 729"></p>
<p>Figure 5-38</p>
<p>For example, click and select <strong>9-16</strong>, the view layout changes immediately,</p>
<p>see</p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark209">Figure 5-39.</a></p>
<p>Ji</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>VIEW</p>
<p>TOUR</p>
<p>ZERO-CHANNEL</p>
<p>• A S (!)</p>
<p>Display / DISPLAY / VIEW</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="631" height="367" class="wp-image-2128" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 91" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 730" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg 631w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-39</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark209"></a> Step 3 Adjust the position of channels if needed.</p>
<p>In the channel list, for example, in the channel 9 list, you can select 10, and then the channel 9 and channel 10 exchange positions.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The live view screen displays the same layout as configured in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark210"></a> Configuring Zero-Channel Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view several video sources on one channel on the web end.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display <em>■&gt;</em> Zero-Channel</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ZERO-CHANNEL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark212"> Figure 5-40.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="469" class="wp-image-2129" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 92" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 731" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark212"></a> Figure 5-40</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the zero-channel parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark213"> Table 5-16.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable zero-channel function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the video compression standard according to the device capability. The default is H.264.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the <strong>Resolution </strong>list, select the video resolution. The default is 704&#215;576 (D1).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Select a value between 1 and 25 for PAL standard, and between 1 and 30 for NTSC standard. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark213"></a> Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>The default value is 1024Kb/S. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability and frame rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-16</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>In the live interface on the web, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="31" class="wp-image-2130" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 93" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 732" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg 355w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93-300x26.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>to select one of the</p>
<p>multi-channel modes, and then you can view the local video image.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark214"></a> Configuring TV</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can adjust the border margins in top, bottom, left and right directions as well as the brightness of the monitor connected to the Video out port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tv Adjust</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TV ADJUST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark216"> Figure 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DISPLAY</td>
<td>Tûp Mai yin</td>
<td><strong>-Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VIEW</td>
<td>Rcltcwn Margin</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ Û</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>KHJR</td>
<td>Leit Mai jo</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ZERO-CHANHEL</td>
<td>FùgFl Mai pn</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TV ADJUST</td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>+ 12«</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark216"></a><strong>OeiMlt OK Bad.</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-41</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the parameters according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark217"></a> Configuring Tour Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure a tour of selected channels to repeat playing videos. The videos display in turn according to the channel group configured in tour settings. The system is playing one channel group for a certain period and then automatically changes to the next channel group.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TOUR </strong>interface is displayed. There are MainScreen tab and ExtraScreen tab, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark219"> Figure 5-42 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark220"> Figure 5-43.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="18" class="wp-image-2131" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 94" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 733" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg 734w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94-300x7.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display &gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; DISPLAY /</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; TOUR</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Main Screen</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VIEW</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>!■</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Interval(Sec)</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>TOUR</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video Detect</strong></td>
<td><strong>View 1</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ZERO-CHANNEL</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Window Split</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="181" class="wp-image-2132" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 95" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 734" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p><strong>Add Modify Delete Move up Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default</strong></p>
<p><strong>Apply Back</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-42</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark219"></a><strong>V </strong>DISPLAY</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>CtSFLAV</td>
<td><strong>Mùiî</strong> Szceri</td>
<td>EKii’j <strong>Soma</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YEW</td>
<td>En-sWe</td>
<td>■_</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1C4JR</td>
<td><strong>Itïï-vAÎSm.</strong> j</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ffiAOrCMWfflÊL</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Lfrrta Efdii</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">77Âri.ii.F$,T</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB J</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C-A-nd i&#8221;r&gt;xi2</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="23" class="wp-image-2133" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 96" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 735" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg 464w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96-300x15.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></p>
<p>a j a</p>
<p>3 2</p>
<p>4 ■/ 4</p>
<ol>
<li>i</li>
<li>/ ?</li>
</ol>
<p>u <em>j</em> a</p>
<p>B J S</p>
<p>TO J TO</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark220"></a> Md Krikty lifte to Mow up «uwiiwffl</p>
<p>Figure 5-43</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the tour parameters for both Main Screen and Extra Screen.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark221"> Table 5-17.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable tour function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want each channel group displays on the screen. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 120 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Detect, Alarm</td>
<td>Select the View 1 or View 8 for <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tour and <strong>Alarm </strong>Tour (system alarm events).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Window Split</td>
<td>In the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, select <strong>View 1</strong>, <strong>View 4</strong>, <strong>View 8</strong>, or other modes that are supported by the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Group</td>
<td>Display all channel groups under the current Window Split setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a channel group: Click <strong>Add</strong>, in the pop-up <strong>Add Group</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>channel, select the channels to form a group, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Delete a channel group: Select the check box of any channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Edit a channel group: Select the check box of any channel group</li>
</ul>
<p>and then click <strong>Modify</strong>, or double-click on the group. The <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can regroup the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Move up </strong>or <strong>Move down </strong>to adjust the position of channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-17</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark221"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings. TIPS</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>On the top right of the live view screen, use the left mouse button or press Shift</p>
<p>to switch between (image switching is allowed) and &#8216;•=?&gt; (image switching is</p>
<p>not allowed) to turn on/off the tour function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>On the navigation bar, click</td>
<td>o</td>
<td>to enable the tour and click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to disable</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>it.</p>
<p><strong>Adding a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark222"> Figure 5-44.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="340" class="wp-image-2134" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 97" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 736" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-44</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark222"></a> Step 2 Select the channels that you want to group for tour. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark223"> Figure 5-45.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you want to select more than one channel, in the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, do not select <strong>View 1</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="337" class="wp-image-2135" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 98" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 737" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark223"></a><strong>Modifying a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Double-click on a channel group, the <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark224"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark224">5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark224"></a> You can modify channel group and click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="323" class="wp-image-2136" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 99" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 738" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg 572w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-46</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark225"></a> 5.3 Entering Main Menu</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed, Click Main Menu and then login the system. The Main Menu is displayed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark227"> Figure 5-47.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="513" class="wp-image-2137" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 100" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 739" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-810x480.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark227"></a> Figure 5-47</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td colspan="3">Function tiles</td>
<td>Includes eleven function tiles: <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Backup</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, <strong>intelligent</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Display, Account, System</strong>, and <strong>Info</strong>. Click each tile to open the configuration interface of the tile.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Video</strong>: Search for and play back the recorded video saved on the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Backup</strong>: Search and back up the video files to the local PC or</li>
</ul>
<p>external storage device such as USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Camera</strong>: Configure the Encode settings of camera, remote device,</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot settings etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network</strong>: Configure the network parameter (TCP/IP), Port settings,</li>
</ul>
<p>InstaOn Cloud etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Event</strong>: Search for alarm information and configure alarm event</li>
</ul>
<p>actions.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Intelligent</strong>: Configure the behavior detections by drawing rules for</li>
</ul>
<p>detecting tripwire, intrusion, abandoned objects, and missing objects, POS (Point of Sale), Face Detection and loT.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong>: Hard disk details, record plan configuration for video and</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Display</strong>: Configure the display effect such as displaying content,</li>
</ul>
<p>image transparency, and resolution, and enable the zero-channel function.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Account</strong>: Create, Delete, Modify user account or user group and</li>
</ul>
<p>Onvif User.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>System</strong>: General settings for DVR (WITHOUT HDD) like as date &amp;</li>
</ul>
<p>time, language settings and PTZ settings.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong>: Manage Log files and firmware version with device details..</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td colspan="3">Live</td>
<td><strong>Click </strong>to go to the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>D</strong></td>
<td>When you point to <strong>^3, </strong>the current user account is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>■ ■</td>
<td></td>
<td>Click Q, select <strong>Logout</strong>, <strong>Reboot</strong>, or <strong>Shutdown </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Displays <strong>Cell Phone Client </strong>and <strong>Device SN </strong>QR Code.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to</li>
</ul>
<p>add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device from your cell phone.</p>
<ul>
<li>Device SN: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to</li>
</ul>
<p>the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual. You can also configure InstaOn function in the local configurations. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark229"></a> 5.4 Controlling PTZ Cameras</p>
<p>PTZ is a mechanical platform that carries a camera and a protective cover and performs overall control remotely. A PTZ can move in both horizontal and vertical direction to provide all-around view to the camera.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Before operating PTZ, please assure the network connection between PTZ and the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark231"></a> Configuring PTZ Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the PTZ connection settings before use.</p>
<ul>
<li>Local connection: RS485 Port for connecting Speed Dome or coaxial cable for connecting coaxial camera.</li>
<li>Remote connection: local area network.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ PTZ</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark233"> Figure 5-48.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="464" class="wp-image-2138" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 101" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 740" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg 829w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark233"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the PTZ connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark234"> Table 5-19.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to connect the PTZ camera to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Local: Connect through RS485 port or coaxial cable.</li>
<li>Remote: Connect through network by adding IP address of PTZ</li>
</ul>
<p>camera to the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Control Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Serial </strong>or <strong>HDCVI</strong>. For HDCVI series product, please select HDCVI. The control signal is sent to the PTZ through the coaxial cable. For the serial mode, the control signal is sent to the PTZ through the RS485 port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol </strong>list, select the protocol for the PTZ camera, for example, select <strong>HDCVI3.0</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the <strong>Address </strong>box, enter the address for PTZ camera. The default is 1. CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>The entered address must be the same with the address configured on</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the PTZ camera; otherwise the PTZ camera cannot be controlled from</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select the baudrate for the PTZ camera. The default is 9600.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>The default is 8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>The default is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark234"></a> Parity</td>
<td>The default is NONE.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-19</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark235"></a> Working with PTZ Control Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ control panel performs the operations such as directing camera in eight directions, adjusting zoom, focus and iris settings, and quick positioning.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark237"></a> Basic PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen and then select <strong>PTZ</strong>. The PTZ control panel is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark239">Figure 5-49.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="168" class="wp-image-2139" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 102" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 741" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg 379w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102-300x133.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-49</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2140" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 103" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 742"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark239"></a> The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed</td>
<td>Controls the movement speed. The bigger the value is, the faster the movement will be.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Wide angle.</p>
<p><strong>^3: </strong>Long shot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Zoom in. <strong>^3: </strong>Zoom out.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Iris</td>
<td>3: Small.</p>
<p>^3: Large.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ movement</td>
<td>Supports eight directions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fast positioning button.</p>
<p>• Positioning: Click ^3 to enter the fast positioning screen, and</p>
<p>then click anywhere on the live view screen, the PTZ will turn to this point and move it to the middle of the screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Zooming: On the fast positioning screen, drag to draw a square on</p>
<p>the view. The square supports zooming.</p>
<p>O Dragging upward is to zoom out, and dragging downward is</p>
<p>to zoom in.</p>
<p>O The smaller the square, the larger the zoom effect.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function and can only be controlled through mouse operations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click U, you can control the four directions (left, right, up, and down) PTZ movement through mouse operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Click ^3 to open the expanded PTZ control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-20</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark240"></a> Expanded PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>On the basic PTZ control panel, click</p>
<p>to open the expanded PTZ control panel to find more</p>
<p>options. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark242"> Figure 5-50.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2141" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 104" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 743"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="164" class="wp-image-2142" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 105" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 744" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105-300x83.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-50</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark242"></a> • The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<p>• Right-click once to return to the interface of PTZ basic control panel.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>01</strong></td>
<td>Preset</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Pan</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>A * *-•</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Flip</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Pattern</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Autoscan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click the <strong>AUX Config </strong>icon to open the PTZ functions settings interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>AUX Switch</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click the <strong>Enter Menu </strong>icon to open the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-21</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark243"></a> Configuring PTZ Functions
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark245"></a> Configuring Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="35" class="wp-image-2143" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 106" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 745"></p>
<p>The <strong>Preset </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark247"> Figure 5-51.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="327" class="wp-image-2144" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 107" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 746" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-51</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark247"></a> Step 2 Click the direction arrows to the required position.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the value to represent the required position.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Setting </strong>to complete the preset settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark248"></a> Configuring Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Tour </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tour </strong>tab is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark250"> Figure 5-52.</a></p>
<p><strong>PTZ Preset Tour Pattern Border</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preset i</strong></p>
<p><strong>Patrol&#8230; o</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Tour</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-52</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark250"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Patrol No</strong>. box, enter the value for the tour route.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the preset value.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Add Preset</strong>.</p>
<p>A preset will be added for this tour.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can repeat adding more presets.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Del Preset </strong>to delete the preset for this tour. This operation can be repeated to delete more presets. Some protocols do not support deleting.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark251"></a> Configuring Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="36" class="wp-image-2145" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 108" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 747"></p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Pattern </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Pattern </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark253"> Figure 5-53.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="324" class="wp-image-2146" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 109" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 748" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-53</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark253"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Pattern </strong>box, enter the value for pattern.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Start </strong>to perform the directions operations. You can also go to the PTZ Control Panel to perform the operations of adjusting zoom, focus, iris, and directions.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface, click <strong>End </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark254"></a> Configuring AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click .</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Border </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Border </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark256"> Figure 5-54.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="326" class="wp-image-2147" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 110" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 749" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click the direction arrows to position the left and right borders.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark257"></a> Calling PTZ Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you have configured the PTZ settings, you can call the PTZ functions for monitoring from the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>a.<strong> Speed 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>No. 0</strong></td>
<td><em>9</em></td>
<td>▼</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Zoom</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&lt; i.Q ► _</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0|</td>
<td></td>
<td>• • 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Focus</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><sup>v</sup> 8 — Iris</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>iol <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />*</td>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-55</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark260"></a> Calling Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the preset that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click [Si to call the preset.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click [Si again to stop calling the preset.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark262"></a> Calling Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the tour that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click to call the tour.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2148" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 111" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 750"></p>
<p>again to stop calling the tour.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark264"></a> Calling Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the pattern that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Call <strong>I9l </strong>to call the pattern.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera moves according to the configured pattern repeatedly.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click ISI again to stop calling the pattern.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark266"></a> Calling AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the border that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click SI.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera performs scanning according to the configured borders.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>l^l </strong>again to stop auto canning.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark268"></a> Calling AutoPan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2149" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 112" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 751"></p>
<p>to start moving in horizontal direction.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click s</p>
<p>again to stop moving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark270"></a> Using AUX Button</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click , the AUX setting interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark272">Figure 5-56.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>In the <strong>Direct Aux </strong>list, select the option that corresponds to the applied protocol.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark272"></a> In the <strong>Aux Num </strong>box, enter the number that corresponds to the AUX switch on the</li>
</ul>
<p>decoder.</p>
<p><strong>AUX</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>Direct </strong>Aux</p>
<p><strong>NONE</strong></p>
<p><strong>Aux Num</strong></p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-56</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark273"></a> Calling OSD Menu</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the coaxial camera, you can call the OSD menu through the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2150" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 113" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 752"></p>
<p>The <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark275"> Figure 5-57.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="310" class="wp-image-2151" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 114" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 753" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-57</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark275"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>The OSD menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark276"> Figure 5-58.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="331" class="wp-image-2152" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 115" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 754" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115-300x188.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-58</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark276"></a> Step 3 On the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface, click the arrow button to select the onscreen parameters.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Enter </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark277"></a> 5.5 Configuring Camera Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="525" class="wp-image-2153" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 116" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 755" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg 933w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark280"></a> Configuring Image Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the image settings such as saturation, contrast, brightness, sharpness for</p>
<p>each connected camera.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ IMAGE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMAGE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark282"> Figure 5-59 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark283"> Figure 5</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark283">60 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="455" class="wp-image-2154" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 117" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 756" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-768x405.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark282"></a> Figure 5-59</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="490" class="wp-image-2155" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 118" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 757" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-60</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark283"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the image parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark284"> Table 5-22.</a></p>
<p>On the digital channel interface, click <strong>More Setting </strong>to display more parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cable Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Cable Type </strong>list, select the cable type that the camera uses. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>list, select a time period for the image settings. The image settings will be only used during the selected period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the effective function.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Effective Time </strong>box, enter the start time and end time for the period you selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjusts the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjusts the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjusts the image brightness. The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjusts the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjusts the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Enhance</td>
<td>Adjusts the image definition. The bigger the value is, the clearer the image will become, but there will be more noises.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NR</td>
<td>Reduces the noises from image. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config File</td>
<td>In the <strong>Config File </strong>list, select <strong>Day</strong>, <strong>Night</strong>, <strong>Normal</strong>, or <strong>Switch By Period</strong>. The system configures the parameters correspondingly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Day: Apply the configuration during daytime.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the configuration during nighttime.</li>
<li>Normal: Apply the configuration during day and night.</li>
<li>Switch by Period: If you select this option, you need to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time where you are located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mirror</td>
<td>Enable the function, the left and right side of the video image will be switched. It is disabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3D Denoise</td>
<td>This function specially applies to the image which frame rate is configured as 2 at least. It reduces the noises by making use of the information between two frames. The bigger the value is, the better the effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip</td>
<td>In the <strong>Flip </strong>list, you can select <strong>180° </strong>to change the video image display.</p>
<p>By default, the setting is <strong>No Flip</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Light</td>
<td>In the <strong>Light </strong>list, select <strong>Close </strong>or <strong>Enable </strong>to use the backlight compensation or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scene Mode</td>
<td>Configure the white balance to adjust the general hue of the image.</p>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Automatically apply white balance to different colors to</li>
</ul>
<p>make the image color display normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sunny: Apply the threshold value to sunny environment.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the threshold value to night.</li>
<li>Customized: Manually adjust the Red Gain and Blue Gain</li>
</ul>
<p>values.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Day &amp; Night</td>
<td>Configure the color and black&amp;white mode of the image. This setting is not affected by the configuration files. The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>. • Color: The camera outputs color image only.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Depends on the camera, such as overall brightness and</li>
</ul>
<p>whether there is an IR light, either color image or black&amp;white image is output.</p>
<ul>
<li>B/W: The camera outputs Black and white image only.</li>
<li>By Time: The camera outputs image according to the configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-22</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark285"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera^ ENCODE ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark287"> Figure 5-61.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="845" height="478" class="wp-image-2156" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 119" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 758" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg 845w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 845px) 100vw, 845px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-61</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark287"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark288"> Table 5-23.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: General profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</p>
<p>However, the specific range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The higher the value, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio input port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark288"></a> Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-23</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2157" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 120" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 759"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark289"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark291"> Figure 5-62.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="472" class="wp-image-2158" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 121" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 760" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-62</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark291"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark292"> Table 5-24.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Human Face</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, or <strong>General </strong>as the event type for which you want to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configures the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark292"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configures or customizes the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-24</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark293"></a> Configuring Overlay Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure to display system time and channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Overlay</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Overlay </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark295"> Figure 5-63.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="489" class="wp-image-2159" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 122" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 761" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg 874w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-63</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark295"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the text overlay parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark296"> Table 5-25.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Display </strong>check box to display the system time on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Time Display </strong>list, select time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark296"></a> Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box to display the channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Channel Title </strong>box, enter the name for the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-25</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark297"></a> Configuring Covered Area Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Cover-Area</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Cover-Area </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark299"> Figure 5-64.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="494" class="wp-image-2160" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 123" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 762" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-64</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark299"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the covered area parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark300"> Table 5-26.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview</p>
<p>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>Record: Select the <strong>Record </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window during recording.</p>
<p>To configure covering block, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box or the <strong>Record </strong>check box, or</li>
</ol>
<p>select the both. The &#8220;1,2, 3, 4&#8221; buttons are activated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the buttons to select blocks.</li>
<li>A triangle solid black block is displayed. You can drag the block</li>
</ol>
<p>to the area that you want to cover and adjust the size of the block.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can configure total 4 covered blocks.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-26</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark302"></a> Configuring Channel Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the channel type as <strong>Analog </strong>or <strong>IP </strong>channel.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera ^ CHANNEL TYPE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CHANNEL TYPE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="463" class="wp-image-2161" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 124" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 763" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-65</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark304"></a> Step 2 Configure the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Analog Channel: Select the transmission medium such as CVI, CVBS, and then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
<li>IP Channel: Select a channel for IP camera from the last channel number, for example, in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65,</a> select from the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box. Then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The 17-24 channels are only for IP camera and the range changes dependent on the model you purchased.</li>
<li>The channel selection for analog camera or IP camera are in sequence, for example, if you want to select channels for IP camera, you need to select the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box first, and then you cannot jump to select the channel <strong>15 </strong>directly until you have selected the channel <strong>16</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark305"></a> 5.5.7 Upgrading Coaxial Camera</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ COAXIAL UPGRADE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark307"> Figure 5-66.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="506" class="wp-image-2162" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 125" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 764" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-66</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark307"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the upgrade file and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You need to insert the USB storage device that contains the upgrading files.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the check box of the channel that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>If the upgrading is successful, the system pops up a message indicating the upgrading</p>
<p>is completed. If the upgrading is failed, please check if the Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark309"></a> 5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark312"></a> 5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function is available after you have configured the channel type as IP channel as described in previous section, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark301">&#8220;5.5.6 Configuring Channel Type.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>You can add remote devices by adding the IP address.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Registration</strong>, the <strong>Registration </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark314"> Figure 5-67.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="473" class="wp-image-2163" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 126" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 765" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg 842w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-67</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark314"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uninitialized</td>
<td>Enable the <strong>Uninitialized </strong>function, the uninitialized devices out of the searched devices are displayed in the searched device list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initialize</td>
<td>Select the uninitialized device from the uninitialized device list, and the click <strong>Initialize </strong>to start initializing device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Filter</td>
<td>In the <strong>Show Filter </strong>list, select the remote device type that you want to display in the searched device list.</p>
<ul>
<li>None: Display all types of devices.</li>
<li>IPC: Display the front-end devices.</li>
<li>DVR (WITHOUT HDD): Display all storage devices such as</li>
</ul>
<p>NVR, DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and HCVR.</p>
<ul>
<li>OTHER: Display the devices that do not belong to IPC or DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searched Device List</td>
<td>Displays the searched devices. You can view the device information such as status, IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Search</td>
<td>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>, the searched devices display in the searched device list.</p>
<p>To adjust the display sequence, in the title line, you can click the IP address, Manufacturer, Type, MAC Address, Port, or Device Name text. For example, click the IP address text, the sequence icon OZES is displayed.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8220;*&#8221; is displayed next to the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>In the Searched Device List area, select the device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Add</td>
<td>Add the device by manually configuring settings such as IP address, channel selection. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">&#8220;5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">Manually.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added Device List</td>
<td>Displays the added devices. You can edit and delete the device, and view the device information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Select the check box of the added device, and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Select the searched devices and then click <strong>Import </strong>to import the devices in batches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</td>
<td>Select the added devices and then click <strong>Export</strong>. The exported devices information is saved into the USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-27</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark315"></a> 5.6.1.2 Initializing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can reset the password and IP address of the remote devices through initializing.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed in the table. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark317"> Figure 5-68.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="473" class="wp-image-2164" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 127" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 766" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-68</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark317"></a> Step 2 Enable the Initialized function.</p>
<p>The uninitialized devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark318"> Figure 5-69.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="444" class="wp-image-2165" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 128" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 767" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-69</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark318"></a> Step 3 Select the uninitialized device that you want to initialize.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Initialize</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Enter Password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark319"> Figure 5-70</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2166" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 129" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 768" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-70</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark319"></a> Step 5 Configure the password and email information.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box, the remote device automatically uses the current password and email information, so you do not need to set the password and email address again and can go to Step 6.</p>
<ol>
<li>Clear the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark320"> Figure 5-71.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2167" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 130" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 769" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-71</p>
<p>2) Configure the settings for the password setting parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark321"> Table 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark320"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td>The default is admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark321"></a> Confirm Password</td>
<td>Please enter a strong password according to the password strength bar indication.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-28</p>
<p>3) Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Password Protection </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark322"> Figure 5-72</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="418" class="wp-image-2168" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 131" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 770" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg 598w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-72</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark322"></a> Select the <strong>Email Address </strong>box and enter the email address that you want to reserve for password reset in the future.</li>
</ol>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to set the reserved email address, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark323"> Figure 5-73.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="538" class="wp-image-2169" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 132" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 771" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg 763w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-73</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark323"></a> Step <em>C</em> Configure the IP address.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the <strong>DHCP </strong>check box, you do not need to enter the IP address information, because the system will allocate one IP address to the remote device.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>STATIC </strong>check box, you need to enter the IP address, subnet mast, default gateway, and incremental value. The system will allocate the IP address to the remote devices by progressively increasing the last part of the IP address when initializing devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When configuring IP address for multiple remote devices which were not in the same network segment, these remote devices will belong to the same network segment after configuration.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The initializing is started. After the process is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark324"> Figure 5-74.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2170" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 133" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 772" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-74</p>
<p>Step 9 Click <strong>Finished </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark325"></a> 5.6.1.3 Adding Remote Devices Automatically</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Device Search</strong></p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark327"> Figure 5-75.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="439" class="wp-image-2171" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 134" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 773" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-75</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark327"></a> Step 2 Select the check box of the device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The device is added into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can also double-click the device to add it into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
<li>You can add devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark329"></a> 5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices Manually</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Manual Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Manual Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark331"> Figure 5-76.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="568" class="wp-image-2172" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 135" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 774" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg 492w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-76</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark331"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the manual adding device parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark332"> Table 5-29.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want use on the Device to connect the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manufacturer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manufacturer </strong>list, select the manufacturer of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>In the IP Address box, enter the IP address of remote device. CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The default is 192.168.0.0 which the system cannot connect to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of the user for the remote device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Channel</td>
<td>Enter the remote channel number of the remote device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoder Buffer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Decoder Buffer </strong>list, select <strong>Default</strong>, <strong>Realtime</strong>, or <strong>Fluent</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark332"></a> Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>Auto</strong>, <strong>TCP</strong>, <strong>UDP</strong>, or <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The default is <strong>TCP</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-29</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• Only one device can be added manually at one time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="36" class="wp-image-2173" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 136" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 775"></p>
<p>indicates successful connection and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="32" class="wp-image-2174" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 137" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 776"></p>
<p>indicates connection failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark333"></a> Modifying or Deleting Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify and delete the added devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>To modify the remote devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Click □ or double-click a device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark335"> Figure 5-77.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="548" class="wp-image-2175" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 138" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 777" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg 476w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138-261x300.jpeg 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-77</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark335"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to modify settings for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the user name and password to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>To delete one or more added devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2176" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 139" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 778"></p>
<p>to delete one device</p>
<p>o Select the check box of the devices that you want to delete, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark336"></a> Modifying IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify a single IP address or multiple IP addresses of remote devices at the one time.</p>
<p>• To modify a single IP address, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, click □ for the device that you want to modify IP.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark338"> Figure 5-78.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="413" class="wp-image-2177" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 140" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 779" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140-300x248.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-78</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark338"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 3 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the device into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>• To modify IP address in batches, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, select the devices that you want to modify IP address in batches.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click □.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark339"> Figure 5-79.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="384" class="wp-image-2178" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 141" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 780" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141-300x249.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-79</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark339"></a> Step 3 Enable the <strong>Batch Modify </strong>function.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for start IP address (the IP address is allocated in sequence), subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 5 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the devices into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark340"></a> Exporting IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the added IP address to the USB storage device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The exported information is saved in .csv file, which includes IP address, port number, channel number, manufacturer, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Export.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark342"> Figure 5-80.</a></p>
<p>Browse</p>
<p>Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) • 3.71 GB/3.73 GB(Free/Total) Refresh Format</p>
<p>Address /</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ {fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb}</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>là printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>lg kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>dk</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 SmartPlayer.exe.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td><strong>5&#8242;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl ty.lnk</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-80</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark342"></a> Step 3 Configure the save path.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>A pop-up message indicating &#8220;Successfully exported&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark343"></a> Importing IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add remote devices by importing IP address information.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark345"> Figure 5-81.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="564" class="wp-image-2179" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 142" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 781" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-81</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark345"></a> Step 3 Select the file that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing.</p>
<p>After importing is completed, a pop-up message indicating &#8220;The import succeeded&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If the IP address that you want to import already exists in the Device, the system will pop up a message to ask you whether to overwrite the existing content.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to replace the existing one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to add it as a separate device in the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can edit the exported .csv file and be cautious not to change the file format; otherwise the file cannot be imported as it will be judged as invalid.</li>
<li>The language of .csv file must match the Device language.</li>
<li>The import and export through customized protocol is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark346"></a> 5.6.2 Managing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can view the status of remote devices and upgrade.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark348"></a> Viewing Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device information such as connection status, IP address, motion detection, video loss detection, camera name, and manufacturer.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Status</strong>, the <strong>Status </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark350"> Figure 5-82.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="466" class="wp-image-2180" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 143" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 782" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-82</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark351"></a> Viewing Firmware Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device firmware information such as channel number, IP address, manufacturer, system version, video input, audio input, and alarm in.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Firmware</strong>, the <strong>Firmware </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark353"> Figure 5-83.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="507" class="wp-image-2181" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 144" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 783" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg 899w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-83</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark354"></a> Upgrading Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark356"> Figure 5-84.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="450" class="wp-image-2182" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 145" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 784" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-84</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark356"></a> Step 2 Upgrade the device.</p>
<p>• File Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</li>
<li>Select the devices that you want to upgrade.</li>
<li>Click <strong>File upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>File Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the upgrading files and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>• Online Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Detect </strong>or select the check box the device that you want to upgrade and click <strong>Manual Check</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The system starts detecting if there is a new version on the online server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of all the devices that have new version.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The system will pop up a message to indicate if the upgrading is successful.</li>
<li>You can use the Type list to filter the devices so that you can find the devices</li>
</ul>
<p>quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark357"></a> Configuring Record Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record video manually or automatically and configure the recording settings to main stream and sub stream respectively.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark359"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2183" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 146" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 785"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark361">Figure 5-85.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="598" class="wp-image-2184" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 147" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 786" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-768x540.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-810x570.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-85</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark361"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark362"> Table 5-30.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark362"></a> Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-30</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark363"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark365"></a> You need to configure the storage schedule for the recorded video so that the recorded video can be saved. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark366"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark368"></a> Configuring Snapshot Trigger</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The snapshot is divided into scheduled snapshot, event triggered snapshot, and face detection triggered snapshot. When the both are enabled, the event triggered snapshot has the priority.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no alarm event, the system performs scheduled snapshot.</li>
<li>If there is any alarm event, the system performs event triggered snapshot.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark370"></a> 5.8.1.1 Configuring Scheduled Snapshot</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual </strong>^ <strong>Record Control</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Snapshot </strong>area, enable the snapshot for the channels if needed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark372"> Figure 5­86.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="813" height="567" class="wp-image-2185" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 148" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 787" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg 813w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-86</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark372"></a> Step 4 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark373"> Figure 5­87.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="427" class="wp-image-2186" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 149" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 788" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg 758w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-87</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark373"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have configured the snapshot schedule, the configuration has been completed.</li>
<li>If you have not configured the snapshot schedule, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark374"></a> Configuring Event Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark376"> Figure 5-88.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="483" class="wp-image-2187" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 150" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 789" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg 857w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-88</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark376"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event <em>■&gt;</em> VIDEO DETECT</strong>, and select the event type to configure, for example, select the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark377"> Figure 5-89.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="502" class="wp-image-2188" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 151" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 790" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-89</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark377"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark378"></a> Configuring Face Detection Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Human Face</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark380">Figure 5-90.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="461" class="wp-image-2189" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 152" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 791" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-90</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark380"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu -&gt;Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters &gt; Human Face</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark381"> Figure 5-91.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="497" class="wp-image-2190" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 153" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 792" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg 880w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-91</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark381"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark382"></a> Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the storage schedule for the snapshot so that the snapshot can be saved.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark384"></a> Backing up Snapshots to FTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5-92.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="470" class="wp-image-2191" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 154" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 793" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 Enable the FTP function and configure the parameters. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">&#8220;5.17.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">Configuring FTP Storage Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>The snapshots will be uploaded to FTP for backup.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark387"></a> 5.9 Playing Back Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="510" class="wp-image-2192" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 155" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 794" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark390"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2193" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 156" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 795"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark392">Figure 5-93.</a></p>
<p>RECORD</p>
<p>Mainstream All 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Sub Stream</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>Disable</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-93</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark392"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark393"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark393"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-31</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark394"></a> Instant Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can use the instant playback function to play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video in any channel. For details about instant playback function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">&#8220;5.2.2.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">Instant Playback.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark396"></a> Main Interface of Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for and play back the recorded video saved on the Device.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark398"> Figure 5-94.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="478" class="wp-image-2194" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 157" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 796" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-94</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark398"></a><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Display Window</td>
<td>Display the searched recorded video or picture. It supports playing in single-channel, 4-channel, 9-channel, and 16-channel simultaneously.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When playing back in a single channel mode, hold down the left</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>mouse button to select the area that you want to enlarge. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released. To exit the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>enlarged status, right-click on the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Playback</p>
<p>Controls Bar</td>
<td>Playback control buttons. For details about the control buttons, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark399">&#8220;5.9.3.2 Introducing Playback Controls.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Time Bar</td>
<td>Display the type and time period of the current recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>In the 4-channel layout, there are four-time bars are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed; in the other view layouts, only one-time bar is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click on the colored area to start playback from a certain time.</li>
<li>In the situation when you are configuring the settings, rotate</li>
</ul>
<p>the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming in from 0. In the situation when playback is ongoing, rotate the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming from the time point where the playback is located.</p>
<ul>
<li>Time bar colors: Green indicates general type; Red indicates</li>
</ul>
<p>external alarm; Yellow indicates motion detection; Blue indicates intelligent events; Purple indicates POS events.</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when you are clicking on the blank area in</li>
</ul>
<p>the time bar, the system automatically jumps to the next time point where there is a recorded video located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Play Status</td>
<td>Includes two playback statuses: <strong>Play </strong>and <strong>Stop</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Sync</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Sync </strong>check box to simultaneously play recorded videos of different channels in the same period in multi-channel view.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td colspan="7"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Record type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to define the recording type to search for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Search type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the content to play back: <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>PIC</strong>, <strong>Splice Playback</strong>.</p>
<p>For details about the selecting search type, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">&#8220;5.9.3.3 Selecting</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">Search Type.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Calendar</td>
<td colspan="7">Click the date that you want to search, the time bar displays the corresponding record.</p>
<p>The dates with record or snapshot have a small solid circle under the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">9</td>
<td rowspan="3">View Layout and Channel Selection</td>
<td colspan="7">In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play back.</p>
<p>• The window split is decided by how you select the channel(s).</p>
<p>For example, if you select one channel, the playback is displayed in the single-channel view; if you select two to four channels, the playback is displayed in the four-channel view. The maximum is eight channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Clink</td>
<td>M</td>
<td colspan="3">tn Q\A/itnh thn Qtrnam«;</td>
<td>M</td>
<td rowspan="2">indicates main .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">stream, and</td>
<td>S</td>
<td colspan="2">indicates sub stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Video Splice</td>
<td colspan="7">Splice a section of recorded video and save it. For details about splicing a recorded video, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td colspan="7">Back up the recorded video files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">&#8220;5.9.3.5 Backing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">up Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>List Display</td>
<td colspan="7">This area includes <strong>Mark List </strong>and <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>Mark List </strong>button, the marked recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. Double-click the file to start playing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>File List </strong>button, the searched recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. You can lock the files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">&#8220;5.9.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">Using the File List.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td colspan="7">Click ^3 to display in full screen. In the full screen mode, point to the bottom of the screen, the time bar is displayed. Right-click on the screen to exit full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Time Bar Unit</td>
<td colspan="7">You can select 24hr, 2hr, 1hr, or 30min as the unit of time bar. The time bar display changes with the setting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-32</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark400"></a> Introducing Playback Controls Bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the operations such as control the speed of playback, add mark, and take</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark402"></a> snapshots through the playback controls bar. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark402"> Figure 5-95 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark404"> Table 5-33.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="52" class="wp-image-2195" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 158" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 797" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-768x51.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The play backward function and playback speed are dependent on the product version. The actual product shall govern. You can also contact the technical support to consult the hardware version information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. m</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can switch between play and pause.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Stop.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can click the <strong>Stop </strong>button to stop playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□.m</strong></td>
<td>Play Backward.</p>
<p>• During playing back, click the <strong>Play Backward </strong>button to</p>
<p>backward play the recorded video, the button switches to EH; click EH to stop playing backward.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click to start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. □</strong></td>
<td>Previous Frame/Next Frame.</p>
<p>* When the playback is paused, click <strong>UJ </strong>or click <strong>U3 </strong>to play single-frame recorded video.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> When playing back single-frame recorded video, click <strong>13 </strong>to</p>
<p>start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Slow Playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of slow</li>
</ul>
<p>playback as SlowX1/2, SlowX1/4, SlowX1/8, or SlowX1/16.</p>
<ul>
<li>During fast playback, click ^3 to slow down the speed of fast</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Fast Playback.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of fast playback</p>
<p>as FastX2, FastX4, FastX8, or FastX16.</p>
<p>* During slow playback, click ^3 to speed up slow playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El. d</strong></td>
<td>Previous Day/Next Day.</p>
<p>Click ^3 or click <strong>C2 </strong>to play the previous day or next day of the current recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>L o |</strong></td>
<td>Adjust volume of playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smart Search. For details about the using the smart search, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark417">&#8220;5.9.4 Smart Search.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">In the full screen mode, click to take a snapshot and save into</p>
<p>the USB storage device or mobile HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Add Mark for the recorded view. For details about adding mark, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark420">&#8220;5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Hide POS Hide.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">During single-channel playback, click information on the screen.</td>
<td><strong>^9</strong></td>
<td rowspan="3">to display or hide POS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-33</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark405"></a> Selecting Search Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search the recorded videos, splice, or snapshots from HDD or external storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>From R/W HDD</strong>: Recorded videos or snapshots playback from HDD of the Device. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark407">Figure 5-96.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="113" class="wp-image-2196" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-159.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 159" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 798"></p>
<p>Figure 5-96</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark407"></a><strong>From I/O Device</strong>: Recorded videos playback from external storage device. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark409"> Figure 5­97.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, select the save path of recorded video file that you want to play. Double­click the video file or click 13 to start playing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="166" class="wp-image-2197" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 160" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 799" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg 377w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-375x166.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-97</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark410"></a> 5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark412"></a> During playback, clip sections of recorded video and save to the USB storage device. For the video clip interface, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark412"> Figure 5-98.</a></p>
<p>00:00:00 &#8211; 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5-98</p>
<p>Step 1 Select a recorded video that you want to play.</p>
<p>• Click to start playing from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2198" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 161" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 800"></p>
<p>to start clipping.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2199" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 162" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 801"></p>
<p>to stop clipping.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can back up the files.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can clip the video of a single-channel or multiple channels.</li>
<li>Maximum 1024 files can be backed up at one time.</li>
<li>The files that are selected in the <strong>File List </strong>cannot be clipped.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark414"></a> 5.9.3.5 Backing up Recorded Video</p>
<p>You can back up the recorded video file or splice video file into the USB storage device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select the recorded video file that you want to back up. You can select the following two types of files:</p>
<ul>
<li>Recorded video file: Click ^3, the <strong>File List </strong>area is displayed. Select the file(s) that you want to back up.</li>
<li>Splice video file. For details about splicing video file, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 2 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark416"> Figure 5-99.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="585" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 163" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 802" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-768x543.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-99</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark416"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Backup</strong>.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to back the file, clear the check box.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark418"></a> 5.9.4 Smart Search</p>
<p>During playback, you can analyze a certain area to find if there was any motion detection event occurred. The system will display the images with motion events of the recorded video.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, you need to enable the motion detection for the channel by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Alarm ^ Video Detect ^ Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>13 </strong>or double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="45" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 164" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 803"></p>
<p>The grid is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only single-channel supports smart search.</li>
<li>If multi-channels are selected, double-click on the channel window to display this channel only on the screen, and then you can start using smart search function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 5 Drag the pointer to select the searching area. ED NOTE</p>
<p>The grid area supports 22&#215;18(PAL) and 22&#215;15(NTSC).</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="48" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 165" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 804"></p>
<p>The screen starts playing back the motional splices of recorded video for the selected searching area.</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="45" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 166" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 805"></p>
<p>to exit the playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark421"></a> 5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video</p>
<p>You can mark the recording for somewhere important. Then you can easily find the marked recording by searching time and mark name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark423"></a> Marking a Video</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the playback mode, click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark425"> Figure 5-100.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="229" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 167" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 806" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-100</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark425"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter a name.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>This marked video file displays in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark426"></a> Playing Back Marked Video</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>This function is supported on single-channel playback.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select one channel.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="39" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 168" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 807"></p>
<p>The Mark List interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark428"> Figure 5-101.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="477" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 169" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 808" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg 250w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169-157x300.jpeg 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 250px) 100vw, 250px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-101</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark428"></a> Step 3 Double-click the file that you want to play back.</p>
<p>To search the marked video by time, in the <strong>SEARCH </strong>box on the top of the interface,</p>
<p>enter the time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="33" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 170" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 809"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark429"></a> Playing Back Time before the Mark</p>
<p>You can configure to play N seconds of the marked video before the marked time.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter the name of a marked video.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Playback time before the mark </strong>box, enter N seconds.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 171" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 810"></p>
<p>The playback starts from N seconds before the marked time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is N seconds exist before the marked time, the playback starts from N seconds before the marked time. If there is not, it plays back as much as there is.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark431"></a> Managing Marked Video</p>
<p>In the <strong>Mark List </strong>interface, click ^3, the Manager interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark433"> Figure 5-102.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="591" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 172" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 811" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg 618w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-102</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark433"></a> Be default, it manages all the marked videos of the selected channel.</li>
<li>To search the marked video, select channel number from the <strong>Channel </strong>list, enter time in <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li>All the marked videos display in time order.</li>
<li>To modify the name of marked video, double-click a marked video, the <strong>Edit Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</li>
<li>To delete the marked video, select the marked video, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>After opening the <strong>Manger </strong>interface, the playback will pause until exiting this interface. If the marked video that was in playing back is deleted, the playback will start from the first marked video in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark434"></a> Playing Back Snapshots</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and play back the snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>PIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel number.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>13.</strong></p>
<p>The system starts playing snapshots according to the configured intervals.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark436"></a> Playing Back Splices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can clip the recorded video files into splices and then play back at the same time to save your time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>Splice Playback</strong>; In the Split Mode list, select <strong>4</strong>, <strong>9</strong>, or</p>
<p><strong>16</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark438"> Figure 5-103.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="215" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 173" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 812"></p>
<p>Figure 5-103</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark438"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select a channel.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Only single-channel supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 5 Start playing back splices. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark439"> Figure 5-104.</a></p>
<p>• Click □, the playback starts from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere on the time bar, the playback starts from where you click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="52" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 174" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 813" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-768x48.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-810x51.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-104</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark439"></a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Every recorded video file must be at least five minutes. If a recorded video file is less than 20 minutes but still choose to split into four windows, the system will automatically adjust the windows quantity to ensure every splice is more than five minutes, and in this case it is possible that there are no images are displaying in some windows.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark440"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark441"></a> 5.9.8 Using the File List</p>
<p>You can view all the recorded videos within a certain period from any channel in the <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select a channel(s).</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="36" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 175" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 814"></p>
<p>The <strong>File List </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark443"> Figure 5-105.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="888" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 176" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 815" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg 254w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176-86x300.jpeg 86w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 254px) 100vw, 254px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-105</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark443"></a> Step 4 Start playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click , the playback starts from the first file by default.</li>
<li>Click any file, the system plays back this file.</li>
</ul>
<p>Q2 NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>In the time box on the top of the file list interface, you can enter the specific time to search the file that you want to view.</li>
<li>In the File List area, there are 128 files can be displayed.</li>
<li>File type: <strong>R </strong>indicates general recorded video; <strong>A </strong>indicates recorded video with external alarms; <strong>M </strong>indicates recorded video with motion detection events; <strong>I </strong>indicates recorded video with intelligent vents.</li>
<li>Click a to return to the interface with calendar and CAM NAME list.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark444"></a> Locking and Unlocking the Recorded Video</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the recorded video, in the <strong>File List </strong>interface, select the check box of the recorded</li>
</ul>
<p>video, and then click LU. The locked video will not be covered.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>To view the locked information, click</p>
<p>, the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The recorded video that is under writing or overwriting cannot be locked.</p>
<ul>
<li>To unlock the recorded video, in the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface, select the video, and then click Unlock. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark446"> Figure 5-106.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark446"></a> Figure 5-106</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark448"></a> 5.10 Alarm Events Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="908" height="512" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 177" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 816" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg 908w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 908px) 100vw, 908px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark450"></a> Video Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark452"></a> Video detection adopts computer vision and image processing technology. The technology analyzes the video images to detect the obvious changes such as moving objects and blurriness. The system activates alarms when such changes are detected.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark453"></a> Configuring Motion Detect Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the moving object appears, and moves fast enough to reach the preset sensitivity value, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the motion, detect settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark455"> Figure 5-107.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="459" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 178" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 817" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-107</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark455"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the motion detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5-34.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the motion detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to define the motion detection region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable MD</td>
<td>Enable or disable the motion detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable PIR</td>
<td>PIR function helps enhancing the accuracy and validity of motion detect. It can filter the meaningless alarms that are activated by the objects such as falling leaves, flies. The detection range by PIR is smaller than the field angle.</p>
<p>PIR function is enabled by default if it is supported by the cameras. Enabling PIR function will get the motion detect to be enabled automatically to generate motion detection alarms; if the PIR function is not enabled, the motion detect just has the general effect.</p>
<p>£D NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only when the channel type is CVI, the PIR function can be</li>
</ul>
<p>enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the camera does not support PIR function, it will be</li>
</ul>
<p>unusable.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the Device does not support PIR function, it will not be</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed on the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for motion detection and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in <strong>Main Menu</strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>Tour</strong>.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark456"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="7">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-34</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Setting the Motion Detection Region</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Region</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The region setting screen is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Point to the middle top of the interface.</p>
<p>The setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark457"> Figure 5-108.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="205" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 179" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 818" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179-300x117.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-108</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark457"></a> Step 3 Configure the regions settings. You can configure totally four regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select one region, for example, click .</li>
<li>Drag on the screen to select the region that you want to detect.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area shows the color that represents the region.</p>
<p>3) Configure the parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Every region of every channel has an individual sensitivity value. The bigger the value is, the easier the alarms can be activated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Threshold</td>
<td>Adjust the threshold for motion detect. Every region of every channel has an individual threshold.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-109</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>When anyone of the four regions activates motion detect alarm, the channel where this region belongs to will activate motion detect alarm.</p>
<p>Step 4 Right-click on the screen to exit the region setting interface.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Setting Motion Detection Period</strong></p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark458"> Figure 5-110.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="471" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 180" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 819" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-110</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark458"></a> Step 2 Define the motion detection period. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by drawing.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click ^9 before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to a. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days with a will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all e switches to E3. On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</li>
</ul>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 181" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 820"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark459"> Figure 5-111.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="815" height="457" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 182" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 821" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg 815w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-111</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark459"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark460"></a> 5.10.1.2 Configuring Video Loss Settings</p>
<p>When the video loss occurs, the system activates the alarm. To configure the Video loss settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT <em>■&gt;</em> Video Loss</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Video Loss </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark462"> Figure 5-112.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="458" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 183" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 822" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-112</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark462"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the video loss detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark463"></a> 5.10.1.3 Configuring Tampering Settings</p>
<p>When the camera lens is covered, or the video is displayed in a single color because of the causes such as sunlight status, the monitoring cannot be continued normally. To avoid such situations, you can configure the tampering alarm settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT ^ Tampering</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tampering </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark465"> Figure 5-113.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="448" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 184" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 823" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg 799w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-113</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark465"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the tampering detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark466"></a> 5.10.1.4 Configuring Diagnosis Settings</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function can be used only when it is supported by the camera.</p>
<p>When the video appear the conditions such as blurry, overexposed, or the color changes, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the diagnosis settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Diagnosis</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark468"> Figure 5-114.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="423" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 185" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 824" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-114</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark468"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the diagnosis parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Setting the Types for Diagnosing Targets</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Rule</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark469"> Figure 5-115.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="374" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 186" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 825" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-115</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark469"></a> Step 2 Select the items that you want to diagnose and set the threshold (30 by default). See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark470">Table 5-35.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stripe</td>
<td>A horizontal, vertical or diagonal stripe that might appear in the video because of device aging or electronic interruption. Such stripe brings visual interruption.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise</td>
<td>Video noises such as blurriness or quality reduction that is caused by optical distortion or device problem during camera shooting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Cast</td>
<td>Variances in the normal proportions of RGB colors.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Out of Focus</td>
<td>Blurry video is caused during camera shooting, transferring and processing. Such condition is a common image quality reduction problem and defined as out of focus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overexposure</td>
<td>The video brightness refers to the intensity of image pixel. The range is between 0 (the darkest black) and 255 (the brightest white). If the brightness exceeds the threshold, the image is over exposed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark470"></a> Threshold</td>
<td>The range is from 1 through 100. If the value after diagnosing is higher than what you set, the system activates the alarm to the corresponding diagnosing types such as stripe.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-35</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The system returns to the <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark471"></a> 5.10.2 Intelligent Function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="907" height="510" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 187" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 826" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg 907w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2226" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 188" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 827"></p>
<p>Please disable IP channels function first before using IVS function.</p>
<p>IVS function processes and analyzes the images to extract the key information to match with the preset rules. When the detected behaviors match with the rules, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark473"> Figure 5-116.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2227" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 189" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 828" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-116</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark473"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel number that you want to configure the IVS function for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>One line of rule is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark474"> Figure 5-117.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2228" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 190" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 829" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-117</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark474"></a> Step 4 Configure the parameters for the rule that you selected.</p>
<p>Step 5 Select the check box of the rule to enable it.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark475"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark476"></a> Configuring Tripwire Rules</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>The tripwire can be configured as a straight line or broken line.</li>
<li>Supports detecting one-way or two-way tripwire crossing.</li>
<li>Supports multiple tripwires in the same scenario to meet the complexity.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Tripwire</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark478"> Figure 5-118.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2229" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 191" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 830" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-118</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark478"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the tripwire rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark479"> Figure 5­119.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="563" class="wp-image-2230" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 192" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 831" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-119</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark480"> Table 5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark479"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="3">Set the direction of the tripwire. You can choose <strong>A to B </strong>(left to right), <strong>B to A </strong>(right to left), and <strong>Both</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Target</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to draw areas to filter the target.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-36</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark480"></a> Drag to draw a tripwire. The tripwire can be a straight line, broken line or polygon.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2231" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 193" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 832"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered.</p>
<p>The <strong>Trigger </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark481"> Figure 5-120.</a></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Period</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Show Message</p>
<p>Record Channel</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td rowspan="3">Latch</p>
<p>Send Email</td>
<td rowspan="3">10</td>
<td rowspan="3">Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setting</p>
<p>Alarm Upload</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td></td>
<td>Log</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>None</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-120</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark481"></a> Step 4 Configure the triggering parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark482"> Table 5-37.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display set interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period” section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs. ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display^ Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule <em>■+</em> Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tour</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark482"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="2">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-37</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 6 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The tripwire detecting function is active. When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark483"></a> 5.10.2.2 Configuring Intrusion Rules</p>
<p>When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that enter and leave the intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that are moving in the intrusion areas. The quantity of</li>
</ul>
<p>areas and lasting time can be configured.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Intrusion</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark485"> Figure 5-121.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2232" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 194" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 833" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-121</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark485"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the intrusion rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark486"> Figure 5­122.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="545" class="wp-image-2233" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 195" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 834" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg 705w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-122</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark487"> Table 5-3</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">8Table</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark486"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Action</td>
<td colspan="5">Configure the actions that are defined as intrusion. You can select the <strong>Appear </strong>check box and the <strong>Cross-check </strong>box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="5">In the <strong>Direction </strong>list, select the direction of crossing the configured area. You can select <strong>Enter&amp;Exit</strong>, <strong>Enters</strong>, and <strong>Exits</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click ^3 to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark487"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-38</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2234" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 196" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 835"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The intrusion detecting function is active. When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark488"></a> 5.10.2.3 Configuring Abandoned Rules</p>
<p>When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Period value can be configured.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Abandoned</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Abandoned </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark490"> Figure 5-123.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="429" class="wp-image-2235" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 197" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 836" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-123</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark490"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="47" class="wp-image-2236" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 198" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 837"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the abandoned rules is displayed. See Figure 5-124.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="494" class="wp-image-2237" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 199" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 838" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199-300x239.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark491"> Table 5-39.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the abandoned objects.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click fad to draw areas to filter the target</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark491"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-39</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2238" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 200" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 839"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The abandoned object detecting function is active. When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark492"></a> 5.10.2.4 Configuring Missing Rules</p>
<p>When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Missing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Missing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark494"> Figure 5-125.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="425" class="wp-image-2239" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 201" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 840" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg 757w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-125</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark494"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<p>1) In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2240" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 202" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 841"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the missing rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark495"> Figure 5­126.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="571" class="wp-image-2241" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 203" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 842" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-126</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark496"> Table 5-40.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark495"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the missing objects.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark496"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-40</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2242" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 204" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 843"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The missing object detecting function is active. When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark497"></a> Face Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the face detection settings and search the detected faces in the defined time period.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark499"></a> Configuring Face Detection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device detects the human faces, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>Smart IPC must be equipped with face detect function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark501"> Figure 5-127.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="803" height="452" class="wp-image-2243" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 205" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 844" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg 803w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 803px) 100vw, 803px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2244" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 206" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 845"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark501"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the face detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark502"> Table 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the face detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Target Filter</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target is smaller than the minimum size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">or larger than the maximum size, no alarms will be activated. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>maximum size should be larger than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the face detection function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="2">Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Enable alarm activation function. Select the alarm output port(s) to which the peripheral alarm devices are connected. When an alarm event occurs, the system activates the peripheral alarm devices connected to the selected output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8"><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8216;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td colspan="9">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark502"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="9">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a human face detection event.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-41</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark503"></a> Searching for Detected Faces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Video^ Intelligent Play^ Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SMART SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark505"> Figure 5-128.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="439" class="wp-image-2245" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 207" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 846" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-128</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark505"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Begin Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The faces searched in the defined period display. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark506"> Figure 5-129.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-2246" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 208" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 847" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-129</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark506"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark507"></a> System Events</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm output for three types of system event (HDD, Network, and User). When there is an abnormal system event occurs, the system activates alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark509"></a> Configuring HDD Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events Abnormity &gt; HDD</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark511"> Figure 5-130.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="486" class="wp-image-2247" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 209" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 848" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-810x451.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-130</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the HDD event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark512"> Table 5-42.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark511"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>No HDD</strong>, <strong>HDD Error</strong>, or <strong>HDD No Space </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HDD event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ NETWORK ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark512"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a HDD alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-42</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark513"></a> Configuring Network Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity ^ Network</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark515"> Figure 5-131.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="467" class="wp-image-2248" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 210" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 849" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-131</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the Network event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark516"> Table 5-43.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark515"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Net Disconnection</strong>, <strong>IP Conflicted</strong>, or <strong>MAC Conflicted </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Network event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark516"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a network alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-43</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark517"></a> Configuring User Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ Abnormity ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>User </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark519"> Figure 5-132.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="451" class="wp-image-2249" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 211" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 850" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg 804w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-132</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the User event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark520"> Table 5-44.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark519"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Illegal Login</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the user error detection function.</p>
<p>If you do not enable this function, there will be no limit for wrong password entry and the account cannot be locked because of the wrong password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attempt(s)</td>
<td>Set the maximum number of allowable wrong password entries. The account will be locked after your entries exceed the maximum number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock Time</td>
<td>Set how long the account is locked for. The value ranges from 1 minute to 60 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>1&#8217;H NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark520"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a user account alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-44</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark521"></a> Configuring Device Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity &gt; Device</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark523"> Figure 5-133.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="732" height="586" class="wp-image-2250" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 212" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 851" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg 732w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-133</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the device event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark524"> Table 5-45.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark523"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>High Temperature </strong>or <strong>Fan Speed Abnormal</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the name for the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the device event detection function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Temperature</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Max Temperature </strong>box, enter the max temperature value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="3">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark524"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="3">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a Device alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark525"></a> Alarm Input Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Connect the alarm input and output ports by referring to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">&#8220;4.3 Connecting to Alarm Input and</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">Output.</a>&#8221; You can configure the alarm settings for each channel individually or apply the settings to all channels and then save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark527"></a> Configuring Local Alarms</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm device to the alarm input port of the Device. When the alarm is activated on the alarm device, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the local alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events ALARM INPUT <em>■&gt;</em> Local</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Local </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark529"> Figure 5-134.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="542" class="wp-image-2251" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 213" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 852" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg 677w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-134</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the local alarms. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark529"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm In</td>
<td>Select the channel number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the local alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>NO </strong>or select <strong>NC </strong>as the voltage output type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark530"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-46</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the local alarm settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark531"></a> Configuring Alarms from Alarm Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm box to the RS485 port of the Device. When the alarm is detected by the alarm box, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event^ALARM INPUT ^ Alarm Box</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Alarm Box </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark533"> Figure 5-135</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="420" class="wp-image-2252" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 214" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 853" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2253" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 215" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 854"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark533"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Alarm Box </strong>list, select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Alarm In </strong>list, select the alarm input port on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark534"></a> Configuring Alarms from External IP Cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Ext</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Ext </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark536"> Figure 5-136.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="425" class="wp-image-2254" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 216" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 855" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg 759w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-136</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark536"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2255" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 217" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 856"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh configured settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark537"></a> 5.10.5.4 Configuring Alarms for IP Camera Offline</p>
<p>You can configure the alarm settings for the situation when the IP camera is offline.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Offline</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Offline </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark539"> Figure 5-137.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="421" class="wp-image-2256" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 218" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 857" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg 749w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2257" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 219" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 858"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark539"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark540"></a> 5.10.5.5 Configuring Alarms from External Devices</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Event^ ALARM INPUT ^ HDCVI Alarm</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Ext. Alarm </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark542"> Figure 5-138.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2258" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 220" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 859" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-138</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark542"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel or <strong>all</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2259" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 221" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 860"></p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="464" class="wp-image-2260" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 222" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 861" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-768x458.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-139</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark543"></a> Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark544"></a> 5.10.6 Alarm Output Settings</p>
<p>When the Device activates alarms, the connected alarm device generates alarms in the way that you can configure in this section. You can connect to the output port of the Device or connect wirelessly.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: When an alarm event is triggered on the Device, the connected alarm device generates alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: The alarm device is forced to keep generating alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: The alarm output function is not enabled.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Event ^ ALARM OUTPUT.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM OUTPUT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark546"> Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2261" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 223" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 862" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-140</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark547"> Table 5-47</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table 5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark546"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">General Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select alarm type for each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Ext. Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Box</td>
<td>Select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select the alarm type for each alarm output ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark547"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-47</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark548"></a> 5.11 IoT Function</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark550"></a> Configuring Sensor Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect external sensors wirelessly through the Device with USB gateway or through connecting to a camera gateway. After connection, you can activate alarm events through external sensors.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark552"></a> Connecting Sensor through Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with USB gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark554"> Figure 5-141.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2262" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 224" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 863" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-141</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark554"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark555"> Figure 5-142.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2263" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 225" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 864" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-142</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark555"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark556"> Figure 5-143.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2264" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 226" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 865" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-143</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark556"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark557"> Figure 5-144.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2265" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 227" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 866"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2266" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 228" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 867"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2267" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 229" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 868" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-144</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark557"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark558"></a> Connecting Sensor through Camera with Gateway</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the camera with gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark560"> Figure 5-145.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2268" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 230" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 869" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-145</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark560"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>Camera Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that is connected to the camera.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark561"> Figure 5-146.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="486" class="wp-image-2269" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 231" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 870" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-146</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark561"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark562"> Figure 5-147.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="484" class="wp-image-2270" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 232" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 871" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-147</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark562"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark563"> Figure 5-148.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2271" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 233" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 872"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2272" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 234" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 873"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2273" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 235" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 874" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-148</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark563"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark564"></a> 5.11.1.3 Configuring Alarm Linkage</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Wireless Detector</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark566"> Figure 5-149.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="614" class="wp-image-2274" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 236" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 875" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-300x221.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-768x565.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-810x596.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark566"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, or <strong>All</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2275" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 237" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 876"></p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="454" class="wp-image-2276" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 238" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 877" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-150</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark567"> Table 5-48.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels. nn. note</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a</li>
</ul>
<p>pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function. When</li>
</ul>
<p>an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification when</p>
<p>an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark567"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 6 On the <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark568"></a> Configuring Temperature and Humidity Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view, search and export the temperature and humidity data of camera with such sensors and configure the alarm event settings.</p>
<p>To use this function, please make sure there is at least one camera with temperature and humidity sensor has been connected to the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark570"></a> Enabling Detecting Function</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You should enable the IoT function the first time when you enter this interface.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>On the main menu^Intelligent, click <strong>loT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark572"> Figure 5-151.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="636" class="wp-image-2277" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 239" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 878" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg 928w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-768x526.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-810x555.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-151</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark572"></a> Step 2 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check boxes to enable IoT function. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark573"> Figure 5-152.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>l?Pi</td>
<td>Detect PosOon Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Ternipaatiire</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Piiirmg</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2278" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 240" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 879" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-152</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the temperature and humidity data from the camera and display on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark574"></a> Viewing Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the temperature and humidity data on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface after the IoT function is enabled.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Refresh Interval </strong>box, select data refresh interval. For example, you can select <strong>5 Sec</strong>.</p>
<p>You can also display the temperature and humidity data in graphical way by selecting the <strong>Display Graph </strong>check box to. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark576"> Figure 5-153 </a>for humidity data in graphical way.</p>
<p>&gt; REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>r+eh&#8217;«fi interval</td>
<td>5Sk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>tiifXay Gras*</td>
<td>Accth Rani dm 6</td>
<td>tn*</p>
<p>Trtfnpcf dlijf f</td>
<td>Oawcr Roa bon Na*ii Chnfi-lenipcf alurc-1</td>
<td>Curr enl Vai u are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>dify</td>
<td>Ghnfrltaiirftï 1</td>
<td>* m</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Témçièr Mui fr Ciiarl Humdiity Chart</p>
<p>&lt;kRH|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="165" class="wp-image-2279" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 241" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 880"></p>
<p>C*e»f</p>
<p>Figure 5-153</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2280" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 242" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 881"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to delete the data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark576"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark577"></a> Exporting Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the temperature and humidity data in .BMP format. Take exporting humidity data as an example.</p>
<p>Step 1 Prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface, click the <strong>Humidity </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark579"> Figure 5-154</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="607" class="wp-image-2281" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 243" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 882" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-154</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark579"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Locked </strong>to lock the data.</p>
<p>The export button is enabled.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>. The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark580"></a> Configuring Alarm Linkage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure alarm linkage settings for temperature and humidity data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Configuring Alarm Linkage for Temperature Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>. The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark582"> Figure 5-155.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>W</td>
<td>Delect Position Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Tern ¡para Cure</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Pairing</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2282" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 244" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 883" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-155</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2283" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 245" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 884"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark582"></a> Step 2 On the temperature information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark583"> Figure 5-156.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="479" class="wp-image-2284" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 246" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 885" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-156</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark583"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark584"> Table 5-49.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Temperature </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High </strong>or <strong>Low</strong>, and set the upper and low temperature limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>28</strong>, the alarm occurs when the temperature reaches 28 (&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-49</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark584"></a><strong>Configuring Alarm Settings for Humidity Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm event by setting the humidity data.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT <em>■+</em> Manager </strong>^ <strong>Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark585"> Figure 5-157.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Senser Pairing</td>
<td colspan="2">Tempratu rcAI u_</td>
<td>Wirde» Detector</td>
<td>Wir el ess Siren</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="6"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2 1</td>
<td>E natte</p>
<p>s</td>
<td>Sating</p>
<p>&lt;5</td>
<td>Accession!</p>
<p>Chn6</td>
<td>Temperature</td>
<td>Deled Position Nam Chn6-Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="20" class="wp-image-2285" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 247" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 886" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247-300x12.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-157</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2286" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 248" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 887"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark585"></a> Step 2 On the humidity information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark586"> Figure 5-158.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="830" height="526" class="wp-image-2287" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 249" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 888" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg 830w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-768x487.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-810x513.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-158</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark586"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the following parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark587"> Table 5-50.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Humidity </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>or <strong>Low Humidity</strong>, and set the upper and low humidity limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>60</strong>, the alarm occurs when the humidity reaches 60%RH.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-50</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark587"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark588"></a> Searching IoT Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and backup all your IoT data.</p>
<p>To back up the data, you should prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ SEARCH INFO</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark590"> Figure 5-159.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="610" class="wp-image-2288" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 250" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 889" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-300x230.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-768x589.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-159</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark590"></a> Step 2 Configure the parameters settings. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark591"> Table 5-51.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Display Type </strong>list, select <strong>List </strong>or <strong>Graph</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Select the information type that you want to search. You can select</p>
<p><strong>Humidity </strong>or <strong>Temperature</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Select the information state that you want to search.</p>
<p>This option is available when you select <strong>List </strong>in the <strong>Display Type </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark591"></a> End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the information that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-51</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>. The system starts search according to your parameters settings.</p>
<p>After searching is finished, the result displays.</p>
<ul>
<li>For the data displayed in list, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark592"> Figure 5-160.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Go To </strong>to switch result pages.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>UM</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>M</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wtTwne</strong></td>
<td><strong>2017 11 06</strong></td>
<td><strong>00:0000 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2017-12-06 00 00 00</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>120</strong></td>
<td><strong>lime</strong></td>
<td><strong>Accew Pant</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Detect Paaton Name •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MI-0721 13 58</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ovi t</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ctmt liznwStv 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 201</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>1</em> 1147 21 14 00</strong></p>
<p><strong>M147 71 14 09</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 14 10 Mt 47 21 14 14 Mi-07 21 14 23 F It 0721 1004</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>1</em> 11 07 21.16 07</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 10 17 Ml 47 21 16 26 MI-07 21 16 77 1-1147 21 16 36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Kim*aty</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1/</strong></td>
<td><strong>85 &gt; » 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Go To</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Backup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-160</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark592"></a> For the data displayed in graph, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark593"> Figure 5-161.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&gt; SEARCI</p>
<p>Humodit/</p>
<p>Stall Ti</p>
<p>2017-11-06 00:00.00&#8242;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="293" height="120" class="wp-image-2289" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 251" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 890"></p>
<p>Ml</p>
<p>Cbnl HuMiny 1</p>
<p>Figure 5-161</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark593"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Backup. </strong>The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark594"></a> 5.11.3 Configuring Wireless Siren</p>
<p>You can connect the wireless siren to the Device, when there is an alarm event activated on the Device, the wireless siren generates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent ^ IoT &gt; Manager &gt; Wireless Siren</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Siren </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark596"> Figure 5-16</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark546">2Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="590" class="wp-image-2290" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 252" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 891" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-162</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark596"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the wireless alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark597"> Table 5-52</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB Gateway, Camera Gateway</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically activate alarm if the alarm output function</li>
</ul>
<p>for wireless siren is enabled for specific events. For example, if you want to enable the alarm output through wireless siren for motion detection, see &#8220;Alarm Output&#8221; parameter in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5­34.</a></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Activate alarm immediately.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not activate alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark597"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status of wireless siren.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-52</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark598"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the Device to the POS (Point of Sale) machine and receive the information from it. This function applies to the scenarios such as supermarket POS machine. After connection is established, the Device can access the POS information and display the overlaid text in the channel window.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Playing POS information in the local playback and viewing the POS information in the live view screen only support single-channel mode. Displaying monitoring screen and playing back in the web support multi-channel mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark600"></a> Searching the Transaction Records</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent <em>•+</em> POS ^ POS SEARCH</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark602"> Figure 5-163.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="459" class="wp-image-2291" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 253" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 892" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-163</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark602"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Transaction No. </strong>list, enter the transaction number on your receipt printed out by POS machine.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to search the POS transaction information.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched transaction results display in the table.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark603"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Intelligent^ POS ^ POS SETUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SETUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark605"> Figure 5-164.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="805" height="452" class="wp-image-2292" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 254" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 893" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg 805w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 805px) 100vw, 805px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-164</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark605"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the POS parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark606"> Table 5-53.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>POS Name </strong>list, select the POS machine that you want to configure settings for. Click ^3 to modify the POS name. CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The POS name supports 21 Chinese characters or 63 English characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the POS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for POS alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Privacy Setup</td>
<td>Enter the privacy content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>POS </strong>by default. Different machine corresponds to different protocol.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Connect Type </strong>list, select the connection protocol type.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^3, </strong>the IP Address interface is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Source IP </strong>box, enter the IP address (the machine that is connected to the Device) that sends messages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Convert</td>
<td>Select a character encoding mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overlay</td>
<td>In the <strong>Overlay </strong>list, Select <strong>Turn </strong>or <strong>ROLL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network time out</td>
<td>When the network is not working correctly and cannot be recovered after the entered timeout limit, the POS information will not display normally. After the network is recovered, the latest POS information will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Enter the time that how long you want to keep the POS information displaying. For example, enter 5, the POS information disappear from the screen after 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Font Size</td>
<td>In the Font Size list, select <strong>Small</strong>, <strong>Medium</strong>, or <strong>Big </strong>as the text size of POS information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COLOR</td>
<td>In the color bar, click to select the color for the text size of POS information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Info</td>
<td>Enable the POS Info function, the POS information displays in the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction Start</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the transaction start character and end character.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark606"></a> Line Delimiter</td>
<td>Enter the line delimiter that you want to use.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-53</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark607"></a> Configuring Backup Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="470" class="wp-image-2293" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 255" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 894" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark609"></a> Finding USB Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you inset a USB storage device into the USB port of the Device, the Device detects the USB storage device and pops up &#8220;Find USB device&#8221; interface, which provides you a shortcut to perform backup and upgrading operations. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark612"> Figure 5-165.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="379" class="wp-image-2294" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 256" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 895" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg 601w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256-300x189.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-165</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark611"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark612"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark613"></a> Backing up Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can back up the recorded videos and snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ BACKUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark615"> Figure 5-166.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="458" class="wp-image-2295" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 257" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 896" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-166</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark615"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the backup parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark616"> Table 5-54.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>list, select the device that you want to back up the files to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Format</td>
<td>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, the <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. Select the route where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>In the <strong>Record CH </strong>list, select the channel where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the file type that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p>End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the files that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark616"></a> File Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Format </strong>list, select the file format that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search </strong>to search the files that meet the configured settings.</p>
<p>The searched results will display in the table.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the files that you want to back up.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the selected files to the configured path. Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all the searched results.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark617"></a> Network Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="472" class="wp-image-2296" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 258" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 897" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg 939w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark619"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark620"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can ensure the network interworking between the Device and other devices through configuring the network settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark622"></a> Configuring TCP/IP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the Device such as IP address, DNS according to the networking plan.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark624"> Figure 5-167.</a></p>
<p>For details about parameter settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="526" class="wp-image-2297" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 259" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 898" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-167</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark624"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark625"></a> Configuring Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the maximum connection accessing the Device from Client such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone and configure each port settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ CONNECTION</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CONNECTION </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark627"> Figure 5-168.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="459" class="wp-image-2298" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 260" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 899" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-168</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark627"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark628"> Table 5-55.</a> Q2 NOTE</p>
<p>The connection parameters except Max Connection cannot take effects until the Device has been restarted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Connection</td>
<td>The allowable maximum clients accessing the Device at the same time, such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone.</p>
<p>Select a value between 1 and 128. The default value setting is 128.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TCP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25001. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>UDP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25002. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Port</td>
<td>Data transmission. The value range is from 1 through 65535. The default value is 38800.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTPS Enable</td>
<td>Enable <strong>HTTPS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark628"></a> HTTPS Port</td>
<td>HTTPS communication port. The default value setting is 443. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-55</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark629"></a> Configuring Wi-Fi Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can make wireless connection between the Device and the other devices in the same network through Wi-Fi settings, facilitating the devices connection and mobility.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with Wi-Fi module supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>■&gt;</em> Wi-Fi</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wi-Fi </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark631"> Figure 5-169.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2299" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 261" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 900" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-169</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark631"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the Wi-Fi connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark632"> Table 5-56.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</td>
<td>Enable <strong>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</strong>.</p>
<p>After the Device is restarted, it will automatically connect to the nearest hotspot that had been connected successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Refresh the hotspot list. The self-adaption function such as adding password is supported if such setting was once configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect</td>
<td>In the <strong>hotpot</strong>s list, select a hotspot, and then click <strong>Connect</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reconnect the same hotspot, disconnect first and then</li>
</ul>
<p>reconnect.</p>
<ul>
<li>To connect to other hotspot, disconnect from the current</li>
</ul>
<p>connected hotspot first, and then connect to the other hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark632"></a> Disconnect</td>
<td>To disconnect from a hotspot, click <strong>Disconnect</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-56</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>After the Device is connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot, in the <strong>Wi-Fi Working Info </strong>area, the current hotspot, IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark633"></a> Configuring PPPoE Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PPPoE is another way for the Device to access the network. You can establish network connection by configuring PPPoE settings to give the Device a dynamic IP address in the WAN. To use this function, firstly you need to obtain the user name and password from the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ PPPoE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PPPoE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark635"> Figure 5-170.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="465" class="wp-image-2300" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 262" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 901" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-170</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark635"></a> Step 2 Enable the PPPoE function.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>User Name </strong>box and <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the user name and password accordingly provided by the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate the successfully saved. The IP address appears on the PPPoE interface. You can use this IP address to access the Device. CD NOTE</p>
<p>When the PPPoE function is enabled, the IP address on the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface cannot be modified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark636"></a> Configuring DDNS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the IP address of the Device changes frequently, the DDNS function can dynamically refresh the correspondence between the domain on DNS and the IP address, ensuring you access the Device by using the domain.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark638"></a> Preparing for Configuration</p>
<p>Please confirm if the Device supports the DDNS Type and log in the website provided by the DDNS service provider to register the information such as domain from PC located in the WAN.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DDNS belongs to Quick DDNS type, domain registration is not needed.</li>
<li>If DDNS belongs to other type, you need to login the DDNS website to register the information such as user name, password, and domain name.</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you have registered and logged in the DDNS website successfully, you can view the information of all the connected devices under this user name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark640"></a> Configuring Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ DDNS</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DDNS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark642"> Figure 5-171.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="465" class="wp-image-2301" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 263" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 902" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-171</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark642"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the DDNS parameters. • DDNS type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark643"> Table 5-57.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the DDNS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DDNS Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Type and address of DDNS service provider.</p>
<ul>
<li>Type: CP Plus DDNS Free</li>
<li>Type: Dyndns DDNS; address: members.dyndns.org</li>
<li>Type: NO-IP DDNS; address: dynupdate.no-ip.com</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>The domain name for registering on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password obtained from DDNS service provider. You need to register (including user name and password) on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark643"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want to update the DDNS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-57</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Enter the domain name in the browser on your PC, and then press <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>If the web interface of the Device is displayed, the configuration is successful. If not, the configuration is failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark644"></a> Configuring EMAIL Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the email settings to enable the system to send the email as a notification when there is an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>EMAIL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark646"> Figure 5-172.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="453" class="wp-image-2302" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 264" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 903" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2303" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-265.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 265" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 904"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark646"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the email parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark647"> Table 5-58.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the email function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the address of SMTP server of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port value of SMTP server. The default value setting is 25. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>If enable the anonymity function, you can login as anonymity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mail Receiver</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mail Receiver </strong>list, select the number of receiver that you want to receive the notification. The Device supports up to three mail receivers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td>Enter the email address of mail receiver(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sender</td>
<td>Enter the sender’s email address. It supports maximum three senders separated by comma.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Title</td>
<td>Enter the email subject.</p>
<p>Supports Chinese, English and Arabic numerals. It supports maximum 64 characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attachment</td>
<td>Enable the attachment function. When there is an alarm event, the system can attach snapshots as an attachment to the email.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the encryption type: <strong>NONE</strong>, <strong>SSL</strong>, or <strong>TLS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends an email for the same type of alarm event, which means, the system does not send an email upon any alarm event.</p>
<p>This setting helps to avoid the large amount of emails caused by frequent alarm events.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 3600. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Enable</td>
<td>Enable the health test function. The system can send a test email to check the connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends a health test email. The value ranges from 30 to 1440. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark647"></a> Test</td>
<td>Click Test to test the email sending function. If the configuration is correct, the receiver’s email account will receive the email.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>Before testing, click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-58</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark648"></a> Configuring UPnP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can map the relationship between the LAN and the WAN to access the Device on the LAN through the IP address on the WAN.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark650"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Login the router to set the WAN port to enable the IP address to connect into the WAN.</li>
<li>Enable the UPnP function at the router.</li>
<li>Connect the Device with the LAN port on the router to connect into the LAN.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, configure the IP address into the router IP</li>
</ul>
<p>address range, or enable the DHCP function to obtain an IP address automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark652"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ UPnP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPnP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark654"> Figure 5-173.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="461" class="wp-image-2304" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 266" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 905" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-173</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark654"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the UPnP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark655"> Table 5-59.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT</td>
<td colspan="2">Enable the UPnP function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td colspan="4">Indicates the status of UPnP function.</p>
<p>* Offline: Failed.</p>
<p>• Online: Succeeded.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">LAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the LAN.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">WAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the WAN.</p>
<p>LJ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">The settings in PAT table correspond to the UPnP PAT table on the router.</p>
<ul>
<li>Service Name: Name of network server.</li>
<li>Protocol: Type of protocol.</li>
<li>Int. Port: Internal port that is mapped on the Device.</li>
<li>Ext. Port: External port that is mapped on the router.</li>
</ul>
<p>Wl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">To avoid the conflict, when setting the external port, try to use</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">the ports from 1024 through 5000 and avoid popular ports</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT Table</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">from 1 through 255 and system ports from 256 through 1023.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">When there are several devices in the LAN, please</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">reasonably arrange the ports mapping to avoid mapping to the same external port.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">When establishing a mapping relationship, please ensure the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">mapping ports are not occupied or limited.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">The internal and external ports of TCP and UDP must be the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">same and cannot be modified.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>^3 </strong>to modify the external port.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-59</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark655"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>In the browser, enter<a href="http://wan/"> http://WAN </a>IP: External IP port. You can visit the LAN Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark656"></a> Configuring SNMP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>. . NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can connect the Device with some software such as MIB Builder and MG-SOFT MIB Browser to manage and control the Device from the software.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark658"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Install the software that can manage and control the SNMP, such as MIB Builder and MG­SOFT MIB Browser</li>
<li>Obtain the MIB files that correspond to the current version from the technical support.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark660"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ SNMP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNMP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark662"> Figure 5-174.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="442" class="wp-image-2305" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 267" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 906" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-174</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark662"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the SNMP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark663"> Table 5-60.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the SNMP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td>Select the check box of SNMP version(s) that you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Port</td>
<td>Indicates the monitoring port on the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Read Community</td>
<td rowspan="2">Indicates the read/write strings supported by the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Write Community</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trap Address</td>
<td>Indicates the destination address for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark663"></a> Trap Port</td>
<td>Indicates the destination port for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-60</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Step 4</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Compile the two MIB files by MIB Builder.</p>
<p>Run MG-SOFT MIB Browser to load in the module from compilation.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, enter the Device IP that you want to manage, and<br />
then select the version number to query.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, unfold the tree-structured directory to obtain the<br />
configurations of the Device, such as the channels quantity and software version.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark664"></a> Configuring Multicast Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you access the Device from the network to view the video, if the access is exceeded, the video will not display. You can use the multicast function to group the IP to solve the problem.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ MULTICAST</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>MULTICAST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark666"> Figure 5-175.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="453" class="wp-image-2306" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 268" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 907" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="23" class="wp-image-2307" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-269.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 269" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 908"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark666"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the multicast parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark667"> Table 5-61.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the multicast function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address that you want to use as the multicast IP.</p>
<p>The IP address ranges from 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark667"></a> Port</td>
<td>Enter the port for the multicast. The port ranges from 1025 through 65000.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-61</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>You can use the multicast IP address to login the web. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark668"> Figure 5-176.</a></p>
<p>On the web login dialog box, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The web will automatically obtain the multicast IP address and join. Then you can view the video through multicast function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2308" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 270" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 909" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark668"></a> Figure 5-176</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark669"></a> Configuring Register Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register the Device into the specified proxy server which acts as the transit to make it easier for the client software to access the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ REGISTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REGISTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark671"> Figure 5-177.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="461" class="wp-image-2309" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 271" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 910" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-177</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark671"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the register parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark672"> Table 5-62.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the register function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Select a number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the server IP address or the server domain that you want to register to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port of the server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark672"></a> Sub Service ID</td>
<td>This ID is allocated by the server and used for the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-62</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark673"></a> Configuring Alarm Center Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm center server to receive the uploaded alarm information. To use this function, the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box must be selected. For details about alarm event settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ ALARM CENTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM CENTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark675"> Figure 5-178.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="456" class="wp-image-2310" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 272" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 911" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-178</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark675"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm center parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark676"> Table 5-63.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm center function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol Type </strong>list, select protocol type. The default is <strong>ALARM CENTER</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>The IP address and communication port of the PC installed with alarm client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark676"></a> Self-Report Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>Self-Report Time </strong>list, select time cycle and specific time for uploading alarm.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-63</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark677"></a> Configuring InstaOn Cloud Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can manage the devices by using InstaOn technology to download the application and register the devices. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark679"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark680"></a> Configuring Network Testing Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark682"></a> Testing the Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can test the network connection status between the Device and other devices.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO ^ Network ^ Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark684"> Figure 5-179.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="819" height="463" class="wp-image-2311" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 273" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 912" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg 819w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-179</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark684"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Destination IP </strong>box, enter the IP address.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>After testing is completed, the test result is displayed. You can check the evaluation for average delay, packet loss, and network status. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark685"> Figure 5-180.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="976" height="428" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 274" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 913" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg 976w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-810x355.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 976px) 100vw, 976px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-180</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark685"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark686"></a> Capturing Packet and Backing up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Packet capture means the operations such as capturing, resending, and editing data that are sent and received during network transmission. When there is network abnormality, you can perform packet capturing and back up into the USB storage device. This date can be provided to the technical support for analyzing the network condition.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ Network &gt; Network Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Test </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark688"> Figure 5-181.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="437" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 275" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 914" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg 780w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-181</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark688"></a> Step 2 Connect a USB storage device to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Fresh</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the USB storage device and displays its name in the <strong>Device Name </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the route of the data that you want to capture and back up.</p>
<p>1) In the Network Sniffer Packet Backup, click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark689"> Figure 5-182.</a></p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>Q</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>l&amp;l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 pnntf_2O18O3161539O3.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SI kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>W pnntf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® kmsg_printf_201803161S4049.txt</td>
<td>21.7 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 printf_2O18O316155148.txt</td>
<td>2.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ml kmsg_phntf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_2O18O316161436.txt</td>
<td>2.5 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>21.9 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark689"></a> New Folder</p>
<p>Import</p>
<p>Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-182</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Select the route.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are several USB storage devices are connected to the Device, you can select from the <strong>Device Name </strong>list.</li>
<li>Click Refresh to total space, free space and the file list in the selected USB storage device.</li>
<li>In the case of insufficient capacity, click Fl</li>
</ul>
<p>to delete the needless files.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>New Folder </strong>to create a new folder in the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p>3) Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the route selection settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed again.</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-276.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 276" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 915"></p>
<p>to start packet capturing and backing up.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only the data packet of one LAN can be captured at one time.</li>
<li>After capturing starts, you can exit the <strong>Test </strong>interface to perform other operations</li>
</ul>
<p>such as web login and monitoring.</p>
<p>Step6 Click © to stop capturing.</p>
<p>The backup data is saved in the selected route under the naming style &#8220;LAN name- time.pcap.&#8221; See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark690"> Figure 5-183.</a> You can open it by using Wireshark software.</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>Rte</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ LAN 1-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>;i‘i printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1 2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g) printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I«l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H pnntf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>Sk</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(£i kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>2L7KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>22 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>printf.20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>25 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>81 kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>2L9KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder</p>
<p>Import Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-183</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark690"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark691"></a> 5.15 Configuring Account Settings</p>
<p>You can add, modify and delete user accounts, groups, and ONVIF users, and set security questions for admin account.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The user name supports 31 characters and group name supports 15 characters. The user name can be consisted of letter, number, &#8220;_&#8221;, &#8220;@&#8221;, &#8220;.&#8221;.</li>
<li>You can set maximum 64 users and 20 groups. The group name by &#8220;User&#8221; and &#8220;Admin&#8221; cannot be deleted. You can set other groups and define the relevant permissions. However, the admin account cannot be set randomly.</li>
<li>You can manage the account by user and group and the name cannot be repeated. Every user must belong to a group, and one user only belongs to one group.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark693"></a> Configuring User Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark695"></a> Adding a User Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark697"> Figure 5-184.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="468" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 277" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 916" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-184</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark697"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark698"> Figure 5-185.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="445" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 278" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 917" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg 792w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-185</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark698"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a user account. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark699"> Table 5-64.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter a user name and password for the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
<td>Re-enter the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User MAC</td>
<td>Enter user MAC address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Select a group for the account.</p>
<p>w note</p>
<p>The user rights must be within the group permission.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display <strong>Set </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the new account can login the device. The new account cannot login the device during the time beyond the set period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>To manage the user account easily, when defining the user account authority, it is recommended not to give the authority to the common user account higher that the advanced user account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-64</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark699"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark700"></a> Setting Permitted Period</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark702"> Figure 5-186.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="437" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 279" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 918" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg 774w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-186</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark702"></a> Step 2 Define the permitted period. By default, it is active all the time. • Define the period by drawing.</p>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to Q</p>
<p>. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks</p>
<p>to select the active periods, all the days with Q</p>
<p>will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all the switches to . On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-280.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 280" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 919"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark703"> Figure 5-187.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="472" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 281" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 920" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-810x463.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-187</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark703"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark704"></a> 5.15.1.2 Modify a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark706"> Figure 5-188.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="425" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 282" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 921" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-188</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark706"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark707"> Figure 5-189.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="453" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 283" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 922" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg 809w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-189</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark707"></a> Step 3 Change the settings for password, user name, user group, user MAC, memo, period, and authority.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 digits through 32 digits and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>For the admin account, you can enter or modify email address, enable/disable the unlock pattern, modify the security questions.</p>
<p>• In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter the email address, and the click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• To use the unlock pattern, enable <strong>Unlock Pattern</strong>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-284.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 284" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 923"></p>
<p>, draw a pattern in</p>
<p>the <strong>Unlock Pattern </strong>interface, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• Configuring security questions.</p>
<ol>
<li>) Click Security Questions.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Security Questions </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark708"> Figure 5-190.</a></p>
<p>Security Questions</p>
<p>Successfully set. Please delete it first if you want to reset security question ¡again.</p>
<p>Question 1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="282" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 285" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 924" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5-190</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark708"></a> In the <strong>Question </strong>list, select questions and enter the answers in the Answer box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can use the security questions and answers to reset the password for admin account.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>To reset the security questions, on the <strong>Security Questions</strong>, enter the correct answers for each question, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark709"></a> 5.15.1.3 Deleting a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark711"> Figure 5-191.</a></p>
<p>■&gt; USER</p>
<p>GROUP</p>
<p>ONVIFUSER</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark711"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-286.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 286" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 925"></p>
<p>1 Usa Name Group»&#8230;. Modify Mat 5«ojs MAC A.. Memo</p>
<p>I admin admin Z t Login Local admin&#8217;s account</p>
<p>AiMUfrer</p>
<p>Figure 5-191</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a user account.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark712"></a> Configuring Group Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark714"></a> Adding a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark716"> Figure 5-192.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="460" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 287" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 926" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-192</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark716"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark717"> Figure 5-193.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="428" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 288" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 927" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-193</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark717"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a group. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark718"> Table 5-65.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark718"></a> Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-65</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark719"></a> Modifying a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark721"> Figure 5-194.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="626" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 289" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 928" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-194</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark721"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-290.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 290" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 929"></p>
<p>for the group account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>Step 3 The <strong>Modify Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark722"> Figure 5-195.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="456" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 291" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 930" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-195</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark722"></a> Step 4 Change the settings for group name, memo, and authority.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark723"></a> Deleting a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark725"> Figure 5-196.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USER</td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>GlCu® Nd inc</strong></td>
<td>Miriiiy</td>
<td><strong>Ddclc</strong></td>
<td><strong>Memo</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ROUP</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>aAnimâraMr ¡¡roup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>onvif<strong> use n</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>user</strong></td>
<td><strong>/</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>user 9*aup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add Owp</p>
<p>Figure 5-196</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark725"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-292.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 292" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 931"></p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a group.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark726"></a> Configuring Onvif Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The device manufactured by other company can connect to the Device through Onvif protocol by an authorized Onvif account.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The admin account is created for Onvif users right after the Device has been initialized</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ ONVIF USER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ONVIF USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark728"> Figure 5-197.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="476" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 293" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 932" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-197</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark728"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User/Modify </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark729"> Figure 5-198.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="419" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 294" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 933" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-198</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark729"></a> Step 3 Enter user name, password, and select the group that you want this account to belong to.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click □ to modify the account; Click Fl</p>
<p>to delete the account.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark730"></a> 5.16 Voice Management</p>
<p>Voice management function manages audio files and configures the playing schedule. When there is an alarm event, the audio file can be activated.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark732"></a> Configuring Audio Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add audio files, listen to audio files, rename and delete audio files, and configure the audio volume.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ FILE MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark734"> Figure 5-199.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="662" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 295" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 934" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-300x240.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-768x614.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-810x648.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-199</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark734"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark735"> Figure 5-200.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) 3.71GB/3.73GB(Free/Total)</td>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Format</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Address /</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ (fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb)</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g| SmartPlayer.exe.Ink</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>8</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a ty.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Folder</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td>Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-200</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark735"></a> Step 3 Select the audio files that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing audio files from the USB storage device.</p>
<p>If the importing is successful, the audio files will display in the <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark736"> Figure 5-201.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="627" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 296" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 935" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-201</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark736"></a> The imported audio files are automatically saved into the HDD, so you do not need to connect to the USB storage device to get the file next time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="40" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-297.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 297" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 936"></p>
<p>to play the audio file.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-298.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 298" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 937"></p>
<p>to rename the audio file.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click to delete the audio file.</li>
<li>To decrease or increase the playing volume, move the slider to the left or to the right.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark737"></a> 5.16.2 Configuring Playing Schedule for Audio Files</p>
<p>You can configure the settings to play the audio files during the defined time period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ SCHEDULE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SCHEDULE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark739"> Figure 5-202.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="394" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 299" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 938" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg 702w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-202</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark739"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the schedule parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark740"> Table 5-66.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>box, enter the time. Select the check box to enable the settings.</p>
<p>You can configure up to six periods.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Name </strong>list, select the audio file that you want to play for this configured period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the time in minutes for how often you want to repeat the playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Repeat</td>
<td>Configure how many times you want to repeat the playing in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark740"></a> Output</td>
<td>Includes two options: MIC and Audio. It is MIC by default. The MIC function shares the same port with talkback function and the latter has the priority.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-66</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>• The finish time for audio playing is decided by audio file size and the configured interval.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Playing priority: Alarm event &gt; Talkback &gt; Trial listening &gt; Audio file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark741"></a> 5.17 Storage Management</p>
<p>Storage management function manages the stored resources such as recorded video files and storage space. The function aims at providing easier operation and improving the storage efficiency.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="502" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 300" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 939" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark743"></a> Configuring Basic Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em> BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark745"> Figure 5-203.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="557" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 301" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 940" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-203</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark745"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the basic settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark746"> Table 5-67.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files</li>
</ul>
<p>always from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark746"></a> Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, configure the N days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-67</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark747"></a> Configuring the Recording and Snapshot Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark749"></a> The system starts recording and taking snapshot according to the configured schedule. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage ScheduleConfiguring Snapshot Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark750"></a> Configuring HDD Manager</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD information, format HDD, and configure the HDD type through HDD manager.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark752"> Figure 5-204.</a></p>
<p>In the table, you can view the information of current HDD, such as device name, HDD type, status, total space and free space, and serial number of the HDD port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="559" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 302" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 941" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg 726w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-204</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark752"></a> Step 2 Configuring the settings for the HDD manager.</p>
<ul>
<li>HDD type setting: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Read/Write</strong>, <strong>Read-Only </strong>or <strong>Redundant</strong>, and then click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li>HDD format: Select the HDD that you want to format, click <strong>Format</strong>, in the pop-up message, click <strong>OK </strong>to start formatting, and then following the onscreen message to complete formatting.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark753"></a> 5.17.4 Configuring HDD Group</p>
<p>You can configure the HDD group to save the specified main stream, sub stream and snapshots</p>
<p>to the designated HDD group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-303.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 303" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 942"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is Quota Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to HDD mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; STORAGE &gt; ADVANCE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ADVANCE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark755"> Figure 5-205.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="584" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 304" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 943" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-205</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark755"></a> Step 2 Select the group for each HDD group, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 3 After configuring HDD group, under the <strong>Main Stream </strong>tab, <strong>Sub Stream </strong>tab and <strong>Snapshot </strong>tab, configure settings to save the main stream, sub stream and snapshot to different HDD group as selected by you. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark756"> Figure 5-206,</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark757"> Figure 5-207,</a> and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark758"> Figure 5­208.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td><strong>Main Stream</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Sub Steam</td>
<td></td>
<td>Snnpshol</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">SCHEDULE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Current HDD Mode is HDD Group.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD MANAGER</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">&gt; ADVANCE</td>
<td colspan="2">Set AJI Charnel* 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Adi</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>ÇKırnH</td>
<td>Group Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Chitnncl</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1 ’ 2</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>3</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD DETECT</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>1 &#8211; §</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>8</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>1 * 10</td>
<td>1 W</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>1 *</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FTP</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>1 * 14</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 •</td>
<td>Ifl</td>
<td>1 •</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Apply <sup>c</sup>«<sup>n</sup>“<sup>i</sup></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark756"></a> Figure 5-206</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="599" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 305" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 944" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg 771w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-768x597.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark757"></a> Figure 5-207</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="770" height="597" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 306" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 945" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg 770w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-768x595.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 770px) 100vw, 770px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-208</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark758"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark759"></a> 5.17.5 Configuring HDD Detecting Settings</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>HDD detecting function detects the current status of HDD to let you know the HDD performance and replace the defective HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark761"></a> Detecting HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can detect HDD by quick detect and global detect.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quick detect: Detect the files saved in HDD. The detected bad track can be repaired by formatting. If there are no files in HDD, the system cannot detect the bad track.</li>
<li>Global detect: Detect the whole HDD through Windows, which takes time and might affect the HDD that is recording the video.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark763"> Figure 5-209.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 307" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 946" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-209</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark763"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Quick Detect </strong>or <strong>Global Detect</strong>; and in the <strong>HDD </strong>list, select the HDD that you want to detect.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Start Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The system starts detecting the HDD. After detecting is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark764"> Figure 5-210.</a></p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>During detecting, click <strong>Pause </strong>to pause detecting, click <strong>Continue </strong>to restart detecting, and click <strong>Stop Detect </strong>to stop detecting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 308" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 947" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-210</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark764"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark765"></a> View Detecting Results</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the detecting is completed, you can view the detecting reports to find out the problem and</p>
<p>replace the defective HDD to avoid data loss.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Report</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Report </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark767"> Figure 5-211.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="416" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 309" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 948" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg 737w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-211</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark767"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Details </strong>interface is displayed. You can view detecting results and S.M.A.R.T reports. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark768"> Figure 5-212 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark769"> Figure 5-213.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="718" height="539" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 310" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 949" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg 718w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark768"></a> Figure 5-212</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="562" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 311" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 950" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg 767w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-213</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark769"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark770"></a> Configuring Quota Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the quote for each channel to be saved into each HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-312.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 312" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 951"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is HDD Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to Quota mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ QUOTA</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>QUOTA </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark772"> Figure 5-214.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Current HEX) Mode is</td>
<td>HOD Group</td>
<td>Change lo Quota Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>HEX) Que</p>
<p>SATAI</td>
<td>4a</td>
<td>SATA2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</p>
<p>FTP</td>
<td>SATA3</p>
<p>SATAS</p>
<p>SATA7</td>
<td></td>
<td>SATA4</p>
<p>SA TAG</p>
<p>SATAS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Apply</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-214</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark772"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channe</strong>l list, select the channel that you want to configure.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>SATA </strong>list, select the quota for the selected channel.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Statistic</strong>s to view the quota of each channel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark773"> Figure 5-215.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="466" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 313" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 952" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark773"></a> Figure 5-215</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark774"></a> Configuring Record Estimate</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Record estimate function can calculate how long you can record video according to the HDD capacity, and calculate the required HDD capacity according to the record period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ STORAGE ^ REC ESTIMATE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark776"> Figure 5-216.</a></p>
<p>STORAGE Storage / STORAGE / REC ESTIMATE</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Edit</td>
<td>Bit Rate(Kb/S)</td>
<td>Record Time</td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Frame Rate</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 1</td>
<td>X</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SCHEDULE</td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 2</td>
<td>Z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD MANAGER</td>
<td>V 3</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>V 4</td>
<td>✓&#8221;</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD DETECT</td>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 5</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 6</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>V 7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>=</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 8</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 9</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 10</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 11</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 12</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>J</em></strong> 13</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720{720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 14</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280’720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>16</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">17 / 2048 24 1280*720(720P)</p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-216</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark776"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-314.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 314" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 953"></p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark777"> Figure 5-217.</a></p>
<p>You can configure the resolution, frame rate, bit rate and record time for the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="346" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 315" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 954" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg 531w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315-300x195.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-217</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark777"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Then the system will calculate the time period that can be used for storage according to the channels settings and HDD capacity.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark778"></a> Calculating Recording Time</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Space </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark780"> Figure 5-218.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB= 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-218</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark780"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Select</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Select HDD(s) </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="329" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 316" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 955" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg 491w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Select the check box of the HDD that you want to calculate.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab, in the <strong>Time </strong>box, the recording time is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark781"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark781">5-219.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 2.000 TB= 2000 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 10 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-219</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark781"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark782"></a> Calculating HDD Capacity for Storage</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Time </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark784"> Figure 5-220.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-220</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark784"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to record.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Capacity </strong>box, the required HDD capacity is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark786"> Figure 5-221.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 2 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0.376 TB = 376 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record penod</p>
<p>Figure 5-221</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark785"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark786"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark787"></a> Configuring FTP Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can store and view the recorded videos and snapshots on the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark789"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<p>Purchase or download a FTP server and install it on your PC.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>For the created FTP user, you need to set the write permission; otherwise the upload of recorded videos and snapshots will be failed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark791"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage <em>•+</em> FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark793"> Figure 5-222.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="465" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 317" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 956" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-222</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark793"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the FTP settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark794"> Table 5-68.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the FTP upload function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>IP address of the PC that is installed with FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The default is 21.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>Enter the user name and password to login the FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enable the anonymity function, and then you can login</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>anonymously without entering the user name and password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Directory</td>
<td>Create folder on FTP server.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you do not enter the name of remote directory, system</li>
</ul>
<p>automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you enter the name of remote directory, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>creates the folder with the entered name under the FTP root directory first, and then automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Length(M)</td>
<td>Enter the length of the uploaded recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is less than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>only a section of the recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is more than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>the whole recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is 0, the whole recorded video will be</li>
</ul>
<p>uploaded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Upload Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is longer than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>takes the recent snapshot to upload. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 2 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the recent snapshot every 5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is shorter than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>uploads the snapshot per the snapshot interval. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 10 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the snapshot every 10 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>To configure the snapshot interval, select <strong>Main Menu ^</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to apply the FTP settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Week Day</p>
<p>Period 1, Period 2</td>
<td>Select the week day and set the time period that you want to upload the recorded files. You can set two periods for each week day.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark794"></a> Record type</td>
<td>Select the record type (Alarm, Intel, MD, and General) that you want to upload. The selected record type will be uploaded during the configured time period.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-68</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate success or failure. If failed, please check the network connection or configurations.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark795"></a> 5.18 Configuring System Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1005" height="569" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 318" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 957" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg 1005w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1005px) 100vw, 1005px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark797"></a> Configuring General System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the device basic settings, time settings, and holiday settings.</p>
<p>For details about basic and time settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark114">&#8220;5.1.4.2 Configuring General Settings&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark119">&#8220;5.1.4.3 Configuring Date and Time Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>To configure the holiday settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System^ GENERAL ^ Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Holiday </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark799"> Figure 5-223.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="442" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 319" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 958" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark799"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add a Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>Figure 5-223</p>
<p>The <strong>Add a Holiday </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark800"> Figure 5-224.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="389" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 320" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 959" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg 675w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-224</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark800"></a> Step 3 Configure the holiday name, repeat mode, time range according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The added holiday information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark801"> Figure 5-225.</a> ED NOTE</p>
<p>Enable the <strong>Add More </strong>function, so you can continue adding holiday information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="456" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 321" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 960" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg 808w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-225</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark801"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark802"></a> Configuring RS232 Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^System ^ RS232</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RS232 </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark804"> Figure 5-226.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="577" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 322" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 961" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-768x514.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-810x542.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-226</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark804"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for RS232 port parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark805"> Table 5-69.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>In the Function list, select the protocol for the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>Console: Debug by connecting a mini terminal software.</li>
<li>Keyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard.</p>
<ul>
<li>Adapter: Transit data by connecting to PC.</li>
<li>Protocol COM: This function is for card overlay.</li>
<li>NetKeyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard to the LAN port.</p>
<ul>
<li>PTZ Matrix: Connect the video matrix for control.</li>
</ul>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Console</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select a value for baudrate length. The default setting is <strong>115200</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Data Bits </strong>list, select <strong>5</strong>, <strong>6</strong>, <strong>7</strong>, or <strong>8</strong>. The default setting is <strong>8</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Stop Bits </strong>list, select <strong>1</strong>, <strong>1.5</strong>, or <strong>2</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark805"></a> Parity</td>
<td>In the <strong>Parity </strong>list, select <strong>None</strong>, <strong>Odd</strong>, <strong>Even</strong>, <strong>Mark</strong>, or <strong>Null</strong>. The default setting is <strong>None</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-69</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark806"></a> Configuring Security Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To ensure the network security and protect data, you can configure the access permission to the Device from host IP (host IP means the PC or server that has an IP).</p>
<ul>
<li>White list includes the host IP that are permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Back list includes the host IP that are not permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Updata time white list includes the host IP that are permitted to sync the Device time.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark808"></a> Configuring Access Right</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Access Right</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Access Right </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark810"> Figure 5-227.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 323" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 962" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg 855w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-227</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark810"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the security parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark811"> Table 5-70.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the Type list, you can select Limits of network-whitelist, Limits of network-blacklist, or Updata time-whitelist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Address</td>
<td>Enter a single IP address or a start IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add IP Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Address </strong>to add a single IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Address</td>
<td>Enter the end IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark811"></a> Add IP Segment</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Segment </strong>to add the IP addresses from the start IP through the end IP.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The system supports up to 64 IP addresses.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-70</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark812"></a> Enabling Password Reset</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Password Reset</strong>, the <strong>Password Reset </strong>interface</p>
<p>is displayed. The <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected by default. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark814"> Figure 5-228.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-324.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 324" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 963"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you clear the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, you can only use the security questions to reset the password. Make sure you have set the security questions before clearing the check box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="412" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 325" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 964" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg 730w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-228</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark814"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark815"></a> Configuring System Maintenance Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device has been running for a long time, you can configure the auto reboot when the Device is not working. You can also configure the case fan mode to reduce noise and extend the service life.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> System ^ System Maintain</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark817"> Figure 5-229.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="777" height="436" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 326" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 965" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg 777w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-229</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark817"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the system maintenance parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark819"> Table 5-71.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Reboot</td>
<td colspan="2">In the <strong>Auto Reboot </strong>list, select the reboot time.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Case Fan Mode</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Case Fan Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Always run </strong>or <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>Auto</strong>, the case fan will stop or start according to the external conditions such as the Device temperature.</p>
<p>CQ <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Not all models support this function, and it is only supported on</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the local configuration interface.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-71</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark818"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark819"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark820"></a> Exporting and Importing System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export or import the Device system settings if there are several Devices that require the same setup.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface cannot be opened if the backup operation is ongoing on the other interfaces.</li>
<li>When you open the <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface, the system refreshes the devices and sets the current directory as the first root directory.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark822"></a> Exporting System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark824"> Figure 5-230.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="790" height="447" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 327" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 966" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg 790w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-230</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark824"></a> Step 2 Insert a USB storage device into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark825"> Figure 5-231.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ji</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>S Ô</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>System</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ IMP/EXP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GENERAL</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Device Name sdal(USBUSB)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refresh</strong></td>
<td><strong>Format</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SECURITY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Total Space 3.73 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Free Space 3.27 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Address /</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IMP/EXP</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Size</strong></td>
<td><strong>Typ«</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DEFAULT</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ ScreenShot</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Folder</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp; LANl-20180313213059.pcap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>111.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UPGRADE</strong></td>
<td><strong>® LAN 1-20180313213722.peap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>182.1 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3 kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>19.8 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.97 MB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>iffl kmsg_printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>LI KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Rie</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B| printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>964 B</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>g) kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L2KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>K printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>@ kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Q printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.6 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L9KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>New Folder</strong></p>
<p><strong>Import Export</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-231</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark825"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>There is a folder under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;. Double­click this folder to view the backup files.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark826"></a> Importing System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the exported configuration files from another Device) into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; SYSTEM &gt; IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click on the configuration folder (under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;) that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device will reboot after the imported is succeeded.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark828"></a> Restoring Default Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Only Admin account supports this function.</p>
<p>You can select the settings that you want to restore to the factory default.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Default</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DEFAULT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark830"> Figure 5-232.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="474" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 328" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 967" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-232</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark830"></a> Step 2 Restore the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the settings that you want to restore, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>. The system starts restoring the selected settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Factory Default</strong>, and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The system starts restoring the whole settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark831"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark832"></a> 5.18.7 Upgrading the Device</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark834"></a> Upgrading File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark836"> Figure 5-233.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="511" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 329" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 968" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg 895w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-233</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark836"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>System Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>System Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark837"> Figure 5-234.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="413" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 330" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 969" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-234</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark837"></a> Step 4 Click the file that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>The selected file is displayed in the <strong>Update File </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark838"></a> Performing Online Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device is connected to Internet, you can use online upgrade function to upgrade the system.</p>
<p>Before using this function, you need to check if there is any new version by auto check or manual check.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: The Device checks if there is any new version available at intervals.</li>
<li>Manual check: Perform real-time check if there is any new version available.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Ensure the correct power supply and network connection during upgrading; otherwise the upgrading might be failed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark840"> Figure 5-235.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="449" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 331" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 970" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-235</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark840"></a> Step 2 Check if there is any new version available.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: Enable Auto-check for updates.</li>
<li>Manual check: Click Manual Check.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system starts checking the new versions. After checking is completed, the check result is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the &#8220;It is the latest version&#8221; text is displayed, you do not need to upgrade.</li>
<li>If the text indicating there is a new version, please go the step 3. See Figure 5­</li>
</ul>
<p>236.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="503" class="wp-image-2370" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 332" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 971" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-810x461.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Upgrade now</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark841"></a> 5.18.7.3 Uboot Upgrading</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2371" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-333.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 333" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 972"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Under the root directory in the USB storage device, there must be &#8220;u-bootbin.img&#8221; file and &#8220;update.img&#8221; file saved, and the USB storage device must be in FAT32 format.</li>
<li>Make sure the USB storage device is inserted; otherwise the upgrading cannot be performed.</li>
</ul>
<p>When starting the Device, the system automatically check if there is a USB storage device connected and if there is any upgrade file, and if yes and the check result of the upgrade file is correct, the system will upgrade automatically. The Uboot upgrade can avoid the situation that you have to upgrade through +TFTP when the Device is halted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark843"></a> 5.19 Viewing Information</p>
<p>You can view the information such as log information, HDD information, and version details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="499" class="wp-image-2372" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 334" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 973" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark845"></a> Viewing Version Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the version details such as device model, system version, and build date.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Version</strong>, the <strong>VERSION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark848"> Figure 5-237.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="473" class="wp-image-2373" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 335" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 974" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-237</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark847"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark848"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark849"></a> Viewing Log Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view and search the log information.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no HDD installed, the system can save up to 10,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed and has been formatted, the system can save up to 500,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed, the logs about system operations are saved in the memory of the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device and other types of logs are saved into the HDD. If there is no HDD installed, the other types of logs are also saved in the memory of the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>When formatting the HDD, the logs will not be lost. However, if you take out the HDD from the Device, the logs might be lost.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO </strong>^ <strong>LOG</strong>, the <strong>LOG </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5­</p>
<p>238.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="473" class="wp-image-2374" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 336" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 975" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the log type that you want to view (<strong>System</strong>, <strong>Config</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>Account</strong>, <strong>Clear</strong>, <strong>Playback</strong>, and <strong>Connection</strong>) or select <strong>All </strong>to view all logs.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period to search, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The search results are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark851"> Figure 5-239.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="489" class="wp-image-2375" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 337" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 976" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-239</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2376" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-338.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 338" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 977"></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark851"></a> Click <strong>Details </strong>or double-click the log that you want to view, the <strong>Detailed Information </strong>interface is displayed. Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to view more log information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the logs into the USB storage device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all logs.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark852"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark853"></a> Viewing Event Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the event information of the Device and channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Event</strong>, the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark855"> Figure 5-240.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="491" class="wp-image-2377" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 339" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 978" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-240</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark855"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark856"></a> Viewing Network Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online users, network data transmission details, and test network. For details about testing network, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark679">&#8220;5.14.2.1 Testing the Network.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark858"></a> Viewing Online Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online user information and block any user for a period of time.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Network ^ Online users</strong>, the <strong>Online users </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark860"> Figure 5-241.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="469" class="wp-image-2378" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 340" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 979" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark860"></a> Figure 5-241</p>
<p>To block an online user, click and then enter the time that you want to block this user. The</p>
<p>maximum value you can set is 65535.</p>
<p>The system detects every 5 seconds to check if there is any user added or deleted, and update the user list timely.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark861"></a> Viewing the Network Load</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Network load means the data flow which measures the transmission capability. You can view the information such as data receiving speed and sending speed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ NETWORK ^ Network Load</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Load </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark863"> Figure 5-242.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="32" class="wp-image-2379" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-341.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 341" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 980"></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>LOG</p>
<p>EVENT</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> ASO</p>
<p>Info / INFO / NETWORK</p>
<p>Online User</p>
<p>Network Load</p>
<p>Network Test</p>
<p>Name MAC Address Status</p>
<p>LANI 20:18:02:09:11:34 Succeed</p>
<p>IP Address Type</p>
<p>172.8.2.51 Ethernet</p>
<p>MTU</p>
<p>1500</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="252" class="wp-image-2380" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 342" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 981" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg 627w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-242</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark863"></a> Step 2 Click the LAN name that you want to view, for example, LAN1.</p>
<p>The system displays the information of data sending speed and receiving speed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The default display is LAN1 load.</li>
<li>Only one LAN load can be displayed at one time.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark864"></a> Viewing HDD Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD quantity, HDD type, total space, free space, status, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ HDD</strong>, the <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark866"> Figure 5-243.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="644" class="wp-image-2381" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 343" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 982" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-300x235.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-768x602.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-810x635.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-243</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark866"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SATA</td>
<td>Indicates the quantity of HDD that can be installed. The total quantity is different depending on the model you purchased.</p>
<ul>
<li>o: HDD is in normal working status.</li>
<li>-: No HDD is installed.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Indicates the number of the currently connected HDD. <strong>* </strong>means the current working HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Indicates HDD type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Space</td>
<td>Indicates the total capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Free Space</td>
<td>Indicates the usable capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of the HDD to show if it is working normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S.M.A.R.T</td>
<td>View the S.M.A.R.T reports from HDD detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-72</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark867"></a> Viewing Device Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information such as CPU temperature and memory usage to know the device status.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ INFO ^ DEVICE STATUS</strong>, the <strong>DEVICE STATUS </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark869"> Figure 5-244.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="637" class="wp-image-2382" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 344" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 983" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-768x597.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-810x629.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-244</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark869"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark870"></a> Viewing Channel Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the camera information connected to each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Channel Info</strong>, the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark872">Figure 5-245.</a></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>HDD</p>
<p>DEVICE STATUS</p>
<p>»■ CHANNEL INFO</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="209" height="288" class="wp-image-2383" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-345.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 345" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 984"></p>
<p>Figure 5-245</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark872"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark873"></a> Viewing Data Stream Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the real-time data stream rate and resolution of each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ BPS</strong>, the <strong>BPS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark875"> Figure 5-246.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2384" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 346" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 985" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark875"></a> Figure 5-246</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark876"></a> 5.20 Logout the Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="38" class="wp-image-2385" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-347.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 347" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 986"></p>
<p>On the top right of the Main Menu interface or on any interface after you have entered the Main</p>
<p>Menu, click</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Logout</strong>, you will log out the device.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reboot</strong>, the Device will be rebooted.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Shutdown</strong>, the Device will be turned off.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2386" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 348" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 987" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark878"></a> Web Operations</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Besides Web, you can use our Smart PSS to login the device. For detailed information, please refer to Smart PSS user’s manual.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark880"></a> Connecting to Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The factory default IP of the Device is 192.168.1.108.</li>
<li>The Device supports monitoring on different browsers such as Safari, fire fox, Google on Apple PC to perform the functions such as multi-channel monitoring, PTZ control, and device parameters configurations.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Check to make sure the Device has connected to the network.</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the IP address, subnet mask and gateway for the PC and the Device. For details about network configuration of the Device, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 On your PC, check the network connection of the Device by using &#8220;ping ************&#8221; Usually the return value of TTL is 255.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark882"></a> Logging in the Web</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Open the IE browser, enter the IP address of the Device, and then press Enter.</p>
<p>The Login in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark884"> Figure 6-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2387" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 349" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 988" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark884"></a> Step 2 Enter the user name and password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2388" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-350.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 350" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 989"></p>
<ul>
<li>The default administrator account is <strong>admin</strong>. The password is the one that was configured during initial settings. To security your account, it is recommended to keep the password properly and change it regularly.</li>
<li>Click to display the password.</li>
<li>If you forgot the password, click <strong>Forgot Password? </strong>to reset the password. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark885">&#8220;6.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark885"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark886"></a> 6.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the reserved email address when you forget the password of admin account.</p>
<p>Step 1 Login the Web of the Device.</p>
<p>TheLogin in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark888"> Figure 6-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="33" class="wp-image-2389" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-351.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 351" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 990"></p>
<p>3 <strong>RANGÉ&#8217;</strong></p>
<p><strong>i psci Natru</strong></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Û</p>
<p>Figure 6-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark888"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Forgot Password?</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark889"> Figure 6-3.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="896" height="615" class="wp-image-2390" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 352" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 991" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg 896w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark889"></a> Step 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to scan the QR code and get the security code.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2391" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-353.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 353" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 992"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the security code twice by scanning the same QR code. If you need to get the security code once again, please refresh the interface.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Wrong security code entrance up to five times will cause the security code locked for five minutes. After five minutes, you can continue to use this security code.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code received in your reserved email box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark890"> Figure 6-4</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="667" height="470" class="wp-image-2392" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 354" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 993" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg 667w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 667px) 100vw, 667px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark890"></a> Step 6 In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and</p>
<p>&#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>Step 7 Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed to indicate the result and you will see the login interface is displayed. Then you can use the new password to login the Web.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark891"></a> 6.4 Introducing Web Main Menu</p>
<p>After you have logged in the Web, the main menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark893"> Figure 6-5.</a></p>
<p>For detailed operations, you can refer to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark84">&#8220;5 Local Configurations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="580" class="wp-image-2393" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 355" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 994" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg 764w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark893"></a> Figure 6-5</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-setup-dahua-ptz-cameras.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-setup-dahua-ptz-cameras.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 09 Apr 2023 20:16:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua nvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDCVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1317</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras It is the function that the speed dome can horizontally scan back and forth to display...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras It is the function that the speed dome can horizontally scan back and forth to display image with a certain speed in a certain range. The speed dome can scan back and forth with a certain speed in a set range after left and right limit and scan speed are set. The function can be realized via OSD as well.</p>
<h2><span id="Pelco_Users" class="mw-headline">Pelco Users</span></h2>
<p>For PELCO protocol user, please refer to the following special functions:</p>
<ul>
<li>Call preset: Call preset 28 or preset 95 to go to dome menu. Call preset 29 or preset 99 to go to scan. Call preset 24 or preset 81 to go to pattern. Call preset 25 or preset 82 to go to tour. Call preset 30 or preset 96 to stop scan or pattern. Call preset 31 or preset 83 to begin rotation. Call preset 33 to enable PTZ 180 degrees rotation. Call preset 34 to set dome position as 0.</li>
<li>Set preset: Set preset 26 or 92 to set scan left limit. Set preset 27 or 93 to set scan right limit. Set preset 22 or 79 to begin record. Set preset 23 or 80 to stop record.</li>
</ul>
<h1><span id="Pan_Tilt_Zoom_.28PTZ.29_Cameras" class="mw-headline">Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) Cameras</span></h1>
<h2><span id="PTZ_Features" class="mw-headline">PTZ Features</span></h2>
<table id="TABLE_1" class="wikitable">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Name</th>
<th>Description</th>
<th>Instructions</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Scan</th>
<td>It is the function that the speed dome can horizontally scan back and forth to display image with a certain speed in a certain range. The speed dome can scan back and forth with a certain speed in a set range after left and right limit and scan speed are set. The function can be realized via OSD as well.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Preset</th>
<td>Preset function is to make the speed dome save the address parameters into the memorizer (such as PTZ pan/tilt, focal length and etc), and it can quickly call these parameters to adjust the PTZ and camera to the location when necessary, the operator can store and call preset via control keyboard conveniently.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Tour</th>
<td>It is the built-in function that it can arrange some presets into the auto tour list according to the needed sequence via programming in advance, and then the users can make the speed dome move back and forth at a regular interval according to the preset sequence which is set in advance via control keyboard conveniently.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Pattern</th>
<td>Memorize dome operation such as pan, tilt, and zoom to repeat. You can call it to repeat the previous operation.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Light Wiper</th>
<td>It is to set wiper mode, enable time, stop time, interval, wiper control etc.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Goto</th>
<td>This feature allows the PTZ to travel to a specific location based on coordinates.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Pan</th>
<td>The Pan feature allows the PTZ to move between two pre-established points.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras</h4>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dahua-ptz-camera-setup-with-all-stages.html">Dahua ptz camera setup with all stages</a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Preset" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Preset</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>Pre-sets are used to define single or multiple locations that are saved to the camera&#8217;s internal memory. Pre-Sets are used in conjunction with the, &#8220;Tour&#8221; feature.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bgdb-Y6pOTM?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP PTZ camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side, under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down box and select, &#8220;Pre-Set&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPreset1.png/600px-PTZPreset1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPreset1.png/900px-PTZPreset1.png 1.5x, /images/2/28/PTZPreset1.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset1.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2523553602" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1041"></a></p>
<p>Note:For this example, we are going to set Pre-Set 1 and 2. These numbers can be set from 1-80. The number of Pre-Sets available can vary from model to model.</p>
<p>3. Move the PTZ to the location you wish to set for Pre-Set 1 using the PTZ Controls.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/60/PTZPreset2.png/600px-PTZPreset2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/6/60/PTZPreset2.png/900px-PTZPreset2.png 1.5x, /images/6/60/PTZPreset2.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset2.png" width="600" height="408" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2387120166" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1042"></a></p>
<p>4. Press, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png/600px-PTZPreset3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png/900px-PTZPreset3.png 1.5x, /images/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset3.png" width="600" height="412" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2604125873" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1043"></a></p>
<p>5. Move the PTZ to the second location that you wish to establish for Preset 2 using the PTZ Controls.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/63/PTZPreset4.png/600px-PTZPreset4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/6/63/PTZPreset4.png/900px-PTZPreset4.png 1.5x, /images/6/63/PTZPreset4.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset4.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2283590017" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1044"></a></p>
<p>6. Change the Pre-Set number to, &#8220;2&#8221; and click, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png/600px-PTZPreset5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png/900px-PTZPreset5.png 1.5x, /images/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset5.png" width="600" height="410" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2182103417" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1045"></a></p>
<p>7. To test, change the Pre-Set back to, &#8220;1&#8221; and click, &#8220;Go to&#8221; then repeat for each additional Pre-Set you created.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset6.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png/600px-PTZPreset6.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png/900px-PTZPreset6.png 1.5x, /images/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset6.png" width="600" height="410" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3129980230" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1046"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Tour" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Tour</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Tour feature allows you to set a up multiple locations for the PTZ to cycle through using already established Pre-Sets.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/wp2HQ0juHBA?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP PTZ camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. Under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down, and select, &#8220;Tour&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0c/PTZTour1.png/600px-PTZTour1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0c/PTZTour1.png/900px-PTZTour1.png 1.5x, /images/0/0c/PTZTour1.png 2x" alt="PTZTour1.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2565889149" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1048"></a></p>
<p>3. The box immediately below the drop down is the, &#8220;Pre-Set Number&#8221; This can be set to 1-8 (May vary by model) Ensure that this is currently set to, &#8220;1&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/09/PTZTour2.png/600px-PTZTour2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/09/PTZTour2.png/900px-PTZTour2.png 1.5x, /images/0/09/PTZTour2.png 2x" alt="PTZTour2.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1843181935" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1049"></a></p>
<p>4. In the second box, input the first Pre-Set you wish to establish and click, &#8220;Add Pre-Set&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/21/PTZTour3.png/600px-PTZTour3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/21/PTZTour3.png/900px-PTZTour3.png 1.5x, /images/2/21/PTZTour3.png 2x" alt="PTZTour3.png" width="600" height="408" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4102243775" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1050"></a></p>
<p>5. In the second box, input the second Pre-Set you wish to establish and click, &#8220;Add Pre-Set&#8221; Repeat this process for any additional Pre-Sets you wish to use.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2b/PTZTour4.png/600px-PTZTour4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2b/PTZTour4.png/900px-PTZTour4.png 1.5x, /images/2/2b/PTZTour4.png 2x" alt="PTZTour4.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4235750028" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1051"></a></p>
<p>6. Once complete, you can test your Tour settings by clicking, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ec/PTZTour5.png/600px-PTZTour5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ec/PTZTour5.png/900px-PTZTour5.png 1.5x, /images/e/ec/PTZTour5.png 2x" alt="PTZTour5.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2320551971" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1052"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Pattern" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Pattern</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Pattern feature allows you to set a predetermined path to multiple locations, and adjust Zoom, Focus, and Iris as the camera moves between positions.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/f-iR8CPU4nk?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Pattern&#8221; is selected in the drop down menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPattern1.png/600px-PTZPattern1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPattern1.png/900px-PTZPattern1.png 1.5x, /images/2/28/PTZPattern1.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern1.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="205649710" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1054"></a></p>
<p>3. Click, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/84/PTZPattern2.png/600px-PTZPattern2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/8/84/PTZPattern2.png/900px-PTZPattern2.png 1.5x, /images/8/84/PTZPattern2.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern2.png" width="600" height="412" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2669462936" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1055"></a></p>
<p>4. Move the camera to the location you wish the pattern to begin, and press, &#8220;Start Rec&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/27/PTZPattern3.png/600px-PTZPattern3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/27/PTZPattern3.png/900px-PTZPattern3.png 1.5x, /images/2/27/PTZPattern3.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern3.png" width="600" height="369" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2611555145" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1056"></a></p>
<p>5. Move the camera to each location, one by one. Once complete, press, &#8220;Stop Rec&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/77/PTZPattern4.png/600px-PTZPattern4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/77/PTZPattern4.png/900px-PTZPattern4.png 1.5x, /images/7/77/PTZPattern4.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern4.png" width="600" height="411" data-pagespeed-url-hash="914077353" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1057"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPatternGIF.gif" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZPatternGIF.gif" alt="PTZPatternGIF.gif" width="800" height="470" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1407648693" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1058"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Light_Wiper" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Light Wiper</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Light Wiper feature allows a PTZ equipped with a Wiper to remotely clear moisture from the lens.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ with light wiper</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. Under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down box and select, &#8220;Light Wiper&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZLightWiper.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/8/82/PTZLightWiper.png" alt="PTZLightWiper.png" width="160" height="249" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3485481563" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1060"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Goto" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Goto</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Go to: This feature allows the PTZ to travel to a specific location based on coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/GbPY6xGZspU?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Log into your PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto002.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto002.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto002.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto002.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto002.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="507154361" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1061"></a></p>
<p>2. In the lower right corner select PTZ settings, and then drop down the first menu and select &#8220;Go to&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto003.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto003.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto003.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto003.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto003.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3872677379" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1062"></a></p>
<p>3. Notice you have several fields for the Go to function, the first field is Horizontal Angle (pan) which will point the camera on the horizontal axis in a 0.0° to 360.0° range using increments of 0-3600. Notice 0 and 3600 are the same location, if you want to point in a direction 90.0° enter 900, if you want the opposite side of that (270.0°) use 2700.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto001.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto001.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto001.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto001.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto001.jpg" width="500" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1574351429" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1063"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto004.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto004.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto004.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto004.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto004.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="433894060" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1064"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto005.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto005.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto005.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto005.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto005.jpg" width="500" height="298" data-pagespeed-url-hash="25911563" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1065"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto006.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto006.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto006.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto006.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto006.jpg" width="500" height="296" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3456940941" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1066"></a></p>
<p>4. The second field is your Vertical Angle (tilt), which has a range of 0-900 or 0.0° to 90.0°. 900 tilts directly downwards from the PTZ&#8217;s mounting point, while 0 tilts horizontally.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto007.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto007.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto007.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto007.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto007.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3637540889" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1067"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto008.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto008.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto008.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto008.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto008.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="597825874" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1068"></a></p>
<p>5. The third field is your Zoom function which works in a range of 1-128.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto009.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto009.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto009.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto009.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto009.jpg" width="500" height="300" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4174358257" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1069"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Pan" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Pan</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Pan feature allows the PTZ to move between two pre-established horizontal points.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="How_To_Setup_Pan_Video" class="mw-headline">How To Setup Pan Video</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/TxJ_6KSXAKo?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Pan&#8221; is selected in the drop down menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2f/PTZPan1.png/600px-PTZPan1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2f/PTZPan1.png/900px-PTZPan1.png 1.5x, /images/2/2f/PTZPan1.png 2x" alt="PTZPan1.png" width="600" height="418" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1771756530" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1071"></a></p>
<p>3. Click, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPan2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b0/PTZPan2.png/600px-PTZPan2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b0/PTZPan2.png/900px-PTZPan2.png 1.5x, /images/b/b0/PTZPan2.png 2x" alt="PTZPan2.png" width="600" height="422" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2173941494" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1072"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPanGIF.gif" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/5/57/PTZPanGIF.gif" alt="PTZPanGIF.gif" width="788" height="536" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1105781199" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1073"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Set_Up_PTZ_Activation_Via_Stationary_Camera_on_a_NVR" class="mw-headline">How to Set Up PTZ Activation Via Stationary Camera on a NVR</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>This article will explain setting up a fixed camera on motion detection to trigger a NVR to move a PTZ to a preset.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera (motion detection capability)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RGXBGp3T-Zg?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Log into the NVR.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation001.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation001.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation001.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="824289476" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1074"></a></p>
<p>2. Select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation002.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation002.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation002.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1346910548" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1075"></a></p>
<p>3. Select Event -&gt; Video Detection then select the Enable checkbox. Make sure period and region are set up correctly and trigger appropriately. Now check PTZ Activation and then select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation003.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation003.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation003.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1087653556" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1076"></a></p>
<p>4. On the channel with the PTZ select the preset function and then type in the preset and then select OK.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation004.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation004.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation004.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="271034521" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1077"></a></p>
<p>5. Now select OK to Successfully saved! and wait 1 minute.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation005.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation005.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation005.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2397158131" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1078"></a></p>
<p>6. Go ahead and test this solution!</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation006.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation006.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation006.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1429868079" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1079"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Scan" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Scan</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Scan feature allows you to set a predetermined path from Point A to Point B</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/5hhq5OzKi3I?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1040"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Scan&#8221; is selected in the dropdown menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/PTZScan2.png/600px-PTZScan2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ce/PTZScan2.png/900px-PTZScan2.png 1.5x, /images/c/ce/PTZScan2.png 2x" alt="PTZScan2.png" width="600" height="414" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1590440265" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1081"></a></p>
<p>3. Using the PTZ Controls, move the camera into the starting position, and click, &#8220;Set Left&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3a/PTZScan3.png/600px-PTZScan3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3a/PTZScan3.png/900px-PTZScan3.png 1.5x, /images/3/3a/PTZScan3.png 2x" alt="PTZScan3.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2756165569" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1082"></a></p>
<p>4. Move the camera to the second position, and click, &#8220;Set Right&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4e/PTZScan4.png/600px-PTZScan4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4e/PTZScan4.png/900px-PTZScan4.png 1.5x, /images/4/4e/PTZScan4.png 2x" alt="PTZScan4.png" width="600" height="406" data-pagespeed-url-hash="446183679" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1083"></a></p>
<p>5. To test the results click, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0f/PTZScan5.png/600px-PTZScan5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0f/PTZScan5.png/900px-PTZScan5.png 1.5x, /images/0/0f/PTZScan5.png 2x" alt="PTZScan5.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2119934244" title="How to Setup Dahua PTZ Cameras 1084"></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-setup-dahua-ptz-cameras.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bgdb-Y6pOTM" medium="video" width="640" height="360">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bgdb-Y6pOTM" />
			<media:title type="plain">PTZ Preset in Action</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[Link to Instructions:https://dahuawiki.com/PTZPresetRelated Link:https://dahuawiki.com/IPCPTZSetup]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/ptz-preset-in-action.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-motion-detection-on-lorex-devices.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-motion-detection-on-lorex-devices.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 26 Nov 2022 19:59:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Recognition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lorex]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1172</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices Set preferences for motion detection on each channel, and select channels you want to enable...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices</p>
<p>Set preferences for motion detection on each channel, and select channels you want to enable smart Person/Vehicle detection on.</p>
<p><b>NOTE:</b> Depending on your system configuration, the maximum number of channels that support Person/Vehicle detection will vary. Check your recorder’s documentation for the maximum number of supported channels.</p>
<h6><b>To configure motion detection:</b></h6>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_1.png" alt="1" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1124"> From the Live View display, right-click to open the Quick Menu, then click <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_2.png" alt="2" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1125"> Click <strong>ALARM</strong>. Click the <strong>MOTION</strong> tab on the side panel, then <strong>Motion Detect</strong> on the top panel.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/DVR/motion_detection.jpg" alt="Motion Detection Settings" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1126"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_3.png" alt="3" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1127"> Select a channel to configure motion detection for.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_4.png" alt="4" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1128"> Click to enable (<img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/DVR/enable_email.jpg" alt="Enable" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1129">) / disable (<img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/DVR/disable.jpg" alt="Disable" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1130"> motion detection on the selected channel.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_5.png" alt="5" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1131"> Click <strong>Setup</strong> next to <strong>Area</strong> to configure which areas of the image will be enabled for motion detection. A grid will appear on the monitor:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/DVR/LX706149.jpg" alt="Area Detection" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1132"></p>
<ul>
<li>The camera image appears with a red grid overlay. This means the entire image is enabled for motion detection.</li>
<li>Click or click-and-drag to add / remove boxes from the active area. Cells that have been removed from the active area appear green.</li>
<li>Hover near the top of the image to reveal zone selection. You can set up to 3 different zones with different sensitivity and threshold values.</li>
<li>Right-click when finished.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_6.png" alt="6" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1133"> Click <strong>Setup</strong> next to <strong>Schedule</strong> to choose which days and times of the week to enable motion detection:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/DVR/LX706150.jpg" alt="Motion Detection Schedule" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1134"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click or click-and-drag along the each of the yellow timelines to quickly add or remove time from each day’s schedule in 15–minute segments.</li>
<li>Click <img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/email_alerts/LX706048.jpg" alt="Check" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1135"> beside 2 or more days to link schedules (<img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/email_alerts/LX706049.jpg" alt="Linking Schedules" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1136">). This allows you to quickly change multiple schedules at once.</li>
<li>To make fine adjustments to a schedule, click <strong>Modify</strong>. This will allow you to set exact start and end times for a schedule.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_7.png" alt="7" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1137"> Choose how the system will react when motion is detected:</p>
<ul>
<li><u><b>Show Message</b></u>: Check to enable an on-screen pop-up when one of your cameras detects motion. On-screen pop-up shows the channels an event occurred on and the type of event.</li>
<li><u><b>Send Email</b></u>: Check to enable email alerts. You must configure email alerts before you will be able to receive them.</li>
<li><u><b>Record Channel</b></u>: Select the channels that will record when motion is detected on the selected channel. Set the length of recording following a video loss event in the Post_REC field.</li>
<li><u><b>PTZ Activation</b></u>: Set connected PTZ cameras to start a tour, pattern, or go to a preset location.</li>
<li><u><b>Sequence</b></u>: Sequence mode will begin. Select the numbered tiles next to this option to include the corresponding channels in the sequence.</li>
<li><u><b>Snapshot</b></u>: Select the numbered tiles next to this option to save a snapshot of the corresponding channels.</li>
<li><u><b>Buzzer</b></u>: Check to enable the system buzzer.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_8.png" alt="8" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1138"> Click <strong>Smart Motion Detection</strong> to enable Person/Vehicle detection:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Enable</strong> to activate Person/Vehicle detection on the selected channel.</li>
<li>Select a <strong>Sensitivity</strong> level (a high sensitivity value will detect smaller objects than a low value).</li>
<li>Check <strong>Person/Vehicle</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> when finished.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/figures_numbers/orange_9.png" alt="9" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1139"> Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<blockquote><p>Load More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/lorex-smart-home-security-center-how-to-set-up.html">Lorex Smart Home Security Center &amp;#8211; How to set up</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/password-tools/how-to-reset-lorex-password-dvr-nvr-all-model.html">How to reset Lorex password DVR NVR All Model</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dvr-nvr-xvr-face-mask-detection.html">DVR NVR XVR Face &amp;#038; Mask Detection</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12 heading2">
<h2>How to set up Face Detection</h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12 lead">
<p>Watch our easy-to-follow tutorial on how to set up Face Detection on your N842 Series NVR and E892 IP camera.</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to set up Face Detection" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/SmNc527LF0o?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>LHB Series: Recording time for motion detection</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>When a Wire-Free camera detects motion, the camera streams live video and records for a set period of time before returning to Standby mode. You can choose how long each camera records for when motion is detected.</p>
<p><strong>REMINDER:</strong> In order to conserve battery life and decrease the amount of footage for review, continuous live-streaming and recording is not available with Wire-Free cameras.</p>
<p><strong>To configure recording time:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Live View, click the Main Menu icon (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/imagebc9fc3e601794b00bd499e9758f78cb2.jpeg" alt="Home icon" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1140">) &gt; <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Camera</strong>.
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/imagef8896d5f520840a3bceb32c461e0a6ef.jpeg" alt="Set recording time" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1141"></li>
<li>Select the channel for the camera you want to configure.</li>
<li>Select the duration the camera will record video for when motion is detected (<strong>10s</strong>, <strong>20s</strong>, or <strong>30s</strong>).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> to set the recording time.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>REMINDER:</strong> If motion is detected within the final 2 seconds of the preset Camera Recording Time, the system will record an additional 10 seconds of video to ensure the entire event is captured.</p>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>LHV / LNR Series: Enabling snapshots during Motion Detection Alerts</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>The first step to setting up snapshots is to enable them in your <strong>LHV / LNR Series DVR / NVR</strong> menu. <a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/1667/LHV-LNR-Series-Enabling-and-configuring-snapshots" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Click here</a> for more information on enabling snapshots. Snapshots can be saved during motion detection alerts and can be sent to you in an email attachment.</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisite:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/1544/LHV-LNR-Series-Setting-up-motion-alerts-on-your-DVR-NVR" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Ensure that you have set up motion alerts</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To save snapshots during motion detection alerts:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the motion detect window click the <strong>Snapshot</strong> checkbox.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> to save settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To locate and review your snapshots:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click on the Live View window to open the Quick Menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Main Menu</strong>, and then click the Search icon (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image4168341d54704f75bc7b3b06141afd28.jpeg" alt="FLIR Cloud DVR: Search Button" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1142">).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>PIC</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a date to search.</li>
<li>Click the File List button (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image09764b8c28dc42079b40cc91ca18cf8e.jpeg" alt="FLIR Cloud DVR: File List Button" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1143">) to see a list of snapshots for that date.</li>
<li>Click the Play Forward button (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image4b768696c7634ceb94008c667f016526.jpeg" alt="FLIR Cloud DVR: Play Forward" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1144">) to view each snapshot.
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image34b49a2c165a44b38d0e8eb7439cb526.jpeg" alt="Review snapshots" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1145"></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To enable snapshots as email attachments (optional):</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click on the Live View window to open the Quick Menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Main Menu</strong>, and then click the Setting icon (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/imagebc9c5b601347487590c6c136a6ac4bef.jpeg" alt="Setting icon" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1146">).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Network</strong> &gt; <strong>Email</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Enable</strong> checkbox to turn on email notifications.
<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> <a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/1609/LHV-LNR-Series-Enabling-email-notifications-using-the-Lorex-email-server" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Email must be configured to receive email notifications</a></li>
<li>Click <strong>Test</strong> to send a test email.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> to save settings.</li>
</ol>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>LHV / LNR Series: Enabling motion detection</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>You can configure your <strong>LHV / LNR Series DVR / NVR</strong> system to record motion detection events.</p>
<p><strong>To enable motion detection:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click on the Live View to access the Quick Menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Main Menu</strong> and then click the Setting icon (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image8cf796c9bf5547df93350a98572538bc.jpeg" alt="Setting icon" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1147">).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Event</strong> &gt; <strong>Motion</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Motion Detect</strong> tab.</li>
<li>Select the channel to be configured and check the <strong>Enable</strong> checkbox.
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image13aa9e90ad704933aec8e1383048deff.jpeg" alt="Motion Setttings" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1148"></li>
</ol>
<p>You are now ready to configure your motion detection settings. Refer to your user manual for details on available options for your system. <a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3351/Popular-Client-Software-and-Mobile-Apps" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Click here</a> for downloads and documentation for your product.</p>
<p>After enabling motion detection, you can set a schedule for the recorder to run motion detection during certain times. <a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/1659/LHV-LNR-Series-Setting-up-recording-schedules" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Click here</a> for instructions on how to set a motion detection recording schedule.</p>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>LHA / LNK Series: Configuring motion detection settings</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>You can configure your <strong>LHV / LNR Series DVR / NVR</strong> system to record motion detection events.</p>
<p>The following instructions require you to access your system using your DVR / NVR and a monitor.</p>
<p><strong>To enable and configure motion detection:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the taskbar, click the Main Menu icon (<img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image69077096cb8149369fd3b5a1c19ffa10.jpeg" alt="home icon" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1149">), and then click <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Alarm</strong> &gt; <strong>Motion</strong>.
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/image18e73be857a74fe2bc80ebd1eed848ba.jpeg" alt="Motion Tab - configuring motion detection" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1150"></li>
<li>In the Channel drop-down, select a channel to configure motion detection.</li>
<li>In the Enable drop-down, select <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>In the Buzzer drop-down, select the duration the system will beep when an event triggers,‎ or select <strong>Disable</strong> to disable the buzzer.</li>
<li>In the Sensitivity drop-down, select a sensitivity level for motion events. The lower the sensitivity value,‎ the more movement is required to trigger motion detection. It is recommended to select a Sensitivity between 30~70.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Setup</strong> to configure the areas of the image that will be enabled for motion detection. The red grid indicates the active area for motion detection. Click and drag to add / remove the active area.
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.lorextechnology.com/assets/imagef3780b3a3659473399e05335c9a94eff.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1151"></p>
<p><strong>REMINDER:</strong> Motion detection will be disabled for areas of the image without red overlay. Disabling motion detection in certain areas of the image is an effective way to eliminate unwanted recordings and notifications caused contact movement like trees blowing in the wind or regular traffic.</li>
<li>Once you complete setting your active motion detection area, right-click anywhere on the screen to exit.</li>
<li>In the Post Recording drop-down, select how long the system will record video for after motion is detected.</li>
<li>Select the actions to occur when motion is detected:
<ul>
<li><strong>Show Message:</strong> Display a message on the system when motion is detected.</li>
<li><strong>Send Email:</strong> Receive an email notification when motion is detected. Ensure you have enabled email notifications.
<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3084/LHA-LNK-Series-Setting-up-email-notifications-using-the-Lorex-email-server" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Set up email notifications using the Lorex by FLIR email server</a></li>
<li><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3085/LHA-LNK-Series-Setting-up-email-notifications-using-your-own-server-information" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Set up email notifications using your own server information</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Full Screen:</strong> Check to have video from the selected channel appear in full screen when motion is detected.</li>
<li><strong>Record Channel:</strong> Record video from the selected channel(s)‎ when motion is detected.
<ul>
<li><strong>Numbered Boxes:</strong> The channels to record when motion is detected. Click the checkbox to select all.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> to save your motion detection settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>Ensuring accurate person and vehicle detection</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>The following are important camera installation notes to ensure accurate Person/Vehicle detection on compatible security systems. For your specific camera’s mounting instructions, search for your camera model number at <a href="http://www.lorextechnology.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>lorex.com</strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Angle the camera so that objects of interest appear in the bottom ⅔ of the camera image.</li>
<li>Choose a location where objects of interest will be no further than 50ft (-15m) from the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/EnsuringAccuratePersonVehicleDetection/img%201-ab.png" alt="Figure 1" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1152"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/EnsuringAccuratePersonVehicleDetection/darkbluea.png" alt="a" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1153"> Lower accuracy for objects further away than 50ft (~15m) and/or in the top ⅓ of the image.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/EnsuringAccuratePersonVehicleDetection/darkblueb.png" alt="b" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1154"> Optimal accuracy for objects within 50ft (~15m) and in the bottom ⅔ of the image.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Angle the camera between 30~60° down from the level position.</li>
<li>Install the camera between 8-16ft (2.5-5m) off of the ground.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="http://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/SHEILASPAGE/EnsuringAccuratePersonVehicleDetection/camera-angled-01.png" alt="Figure 2" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1155"></p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> Accuracy of person and vehicle detection will be influenced by multiple factors, such as the object’s distance from the camera, the size of the object, and the height and angle of the camera. Night vision will also impact the accuracy of detection.</p>
<p><b>Additional Installation Tips:</b></p>
<ul>
<li>Point the camera where there is the least amount of obstructions (e.g., tree branches).</li>
<li>Install the camera where vandals cannot easily reach.</li>
<li>Secure cabling so that it is not exposed or easily cut.</li>
<li>This camera is rated for outdoor use. Installation in a sheltered location is recommended.</li>
</ul>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-12 mt-3">
<h1>DVR &#8211; Face Recognition</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12">
<p>The <strong>D861</strong>, <strong>D862</strong>, <strong>D871 series recorder</strong> is equipped with <strong>face recognition</strong>. You can configure the system to detect faces and respond with various actions.</p>
<h2>To configure face recognition:</h2>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> From the <strong>Live View</strong> display, right-click to open the <strong>Quick Menu</strong>, then click <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Click <strong>EVENTS</strong>, then click the <strong>Face Recognition</strong> tab on the side panel.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/face-recognition-configure.png" alt="Configure face recognition" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1156"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select a <strong>camera</strong> to configure face recognition for.</p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Click to <strong>enable / disable</strong> face recognition on the selected channel.</p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Click <strong>Setup</strong> next to <strong>Schedule</strong> to choose which days and times of the week to enable face recognition:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/face-recognition-setup.png" alt="Setup face recognition" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1157"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click or click-and-drag along the each of the blue timelines to quickly add or remove time from each day’s schedule in 15–minute segments.</li>
<li>Select 2 or more the days to link schedules. This allows you to quickly change multiple schedules at once.</li>
<li>To make fine adjustments to a schedule, click settings. This will allow you to set exact start and end times for a schedule.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Click <strong>Setup</strong> next to Target Face Database.</p>
<ul>
<li>Check the <strong>box</strong> next to the face database that you want to use for Face Recognition.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> Click to enable <strong>Unfamiliar Face Alarm</strong>. Setup alarms if a face has been detected that has not been added to the face database (also labeled “stranger” in AI mode).</p>
<p><strong>Step 8.</strong> Click the icon under modify to adjust the <strong>Similarity value</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter a <strong>value</strong> for the Similarity from 1% being the lowest to 100% being the highest.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Step 9.</strong> Click the icon under <strong>Parameters</strong> to set the alarms for face recognition.</p>
<p><strong>Step 10.</strong> Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save all changes.</p>
<p><strong>Congratulations!</strong> You have successfully configured face recognition on your D861 Series recorder.</p>
<hr />
<h2>How to create a face database?</h2>
<p>To build a face database, you can create a face database list and add faces to each database from a USB drive or live captured faces in AI mode.</p>
<p><strong>To create a database:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> From the <strong>Live View</strong> display, right-click to open the <strong>Quick Menu</strong>, then click <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Click <strong>EVENTS</strong>, then click the <strong>Face Database</strong> tab on the side panel.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/face-recognition-database.png" alt="Face recognition database" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1158"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Click <strong>Add</strong> in the bottom right of the screen to add a new database.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/face-recognition-new-database.png" alt="New face recognition database" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1159"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Enter a name for the database.</p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The created database will appear in the face database list.</p>
<hr />
<h2>How to add a face to the database by USB?</h2>
<p><strong>To add a face to the face database:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> From the <strong>Live View</strong> display, right-click to open the <strong>Quick Menu</strong>, then click <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Click <strong>EVENTS</strong>, then click the <strong>Face Database</strong> tab on the side panel.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/face-recognition-database-details.png" alt="Database details" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1160"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select a database from the list and click the details icon to configure.</p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Click <strong>Register</strong> to add a face to the database. The USB drive will automatically load.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/register-a-face.png" alt="Register a face" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1161"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Click <strong>+</strong> to upload a new face image.</p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Use the <strong>Register</strong> window to add additional information to the face entry, including name and gender.</p>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> Click <strong>OK</strong> to save.</p>
<p>The added face will appear in the face database.</p>
<p><strong>Add by USB Drive (Batch Add)</strong></p>
<p>Face pictures can also be imported in batches which is useful when adding a large number of faces at one time.</p>
<p><strong>Add Captured Faces</strong></p>
<p>You can add images to build the face database by using images that have been captured in AI mode.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> To capture faces using Face Detection, AI mode must be enabled in <strong>Live View</strong>. From the <strong>Live View</strong> display, right-click <strong>Quick Menu</strong> and hover over the <strong>Live View</strong> option. Click on <strong>AI mode</strong> to enable.</p>
<hr />
<h2>How to add a face captured by AI mode?</h2>
<p><strong>To add a face captured by AI mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> From the <strong>Live View</strong> display, AI mode will display recently captured faces on the right side of the screen.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Double-click on the face that you want to add.</p>
<figure id="attachment_1173" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-1173" style="width: 960px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-1173 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/How-to-Motion-Detection-on-Lorex-Devices.jpg" alt="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices" width="960" height="477" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1162" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/How-to-Motion-Detection-on-Lorex-Devices.jpg 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/How-to-Motion-Detection-on-Lorex-Devices-300x149.jpg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/How-to-Motion-Detection-on-Lorex-Devices-768x382.jpg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/How-to-Motion-Detection-on-Lorex-Devices-810x402.jpg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-1173" class="wp-caption-text">How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Click the button <strong>Add to Face Database</strong> for the register window to appear.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/face-recognition/AI-mode-add-face.png" alt="AI mode add a face" title="How to Motion Detection on Lorex Devices 1163"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Check the box next to the database that you want to add the face to.</p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Add additional details for the face entry including a name.</p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Click <strong>OK</strong> to save. The added face will appear in the face database.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-motion-detection-on-lorex-devices.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>DVR NVR XVR Face &#038; Mask Detection</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dvr-nvr-xvr-face-mask-detection.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dvr-nvr-xvr-face-mask-detection.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:36:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how is made]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Text Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=822</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Face Detection and Mask Detection are smart features of the E893 series camera and N843 and N844 series recorder. When either are enabled, Face Detection can...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Face Detection and Mask Detection are smart features of the E893 series camera and <strong>N843</strong> and N844 series recorder.</p>
<p>When either are enabled, Face Detection can detect a <strong>person&#8217;s face</strong> as they enter the camera&#8217;s field of view (FOV) and Mask Detection can detect a <strong>person&#8217;s face without a mask</strong> as they enter the camera&#8217;s FOV.</p>
<p>Face and Mask Detection are disabled by default. To use Face Detection or Mask Detection, you must enable it in the recorder.</p>
<hr />
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Main Menu</strong>, then click <strong>Events</strong>.
<p><img decoding="async" class="screenshot" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/E892/E892-Active-View_2020-07-02_10-45-04-650.png" alt="Events" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1172"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>Under <strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Event Settings</strong>, click <strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Face Detection</strong>.
<p><img decoding="async" class="screenshot" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/E892/E892-Face%20Detection_2020-07-02_10-51-06-650.png" alt="Event Settings" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1173"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>Select the <strong>(A)</strong> <strong>camera</strong> you want Face Detection to be enabled with, then turn the Enable button to <strong>(B)</strong> <strong>ON</strong>.
<p><img decoding="async" class="screenshot" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/E892/E892-FaceDetection_2020-07-02_10-52-33-650.png" alt="Face Detection" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1174"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>Configure the following based on your preferences:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Record Channel</li>
<li>PTZ Activation</li>
<li>Sequence</li>
<li>Buzzer
<p><img decoding="async" class="screenshot" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/E892/E892-Face-Detection_2020-07-02_10-51-51-650.png" alt="Configure" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1175"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
</ul>
<ol start="5">
<li><em>(Optional)</em> Enable <strong>Mask Detection</strong>:
<p>5a. Click the <strong>Alarm type</strong> drop down menu, then click <strong>Mask Detect</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/ZABRINA/FAQ/N843/Mask_detect.jpg" alt="Mask detect" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1176"></p>
<p>5b. Click the enable button to enable Mask Detection.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/ZABRINA/FAQ/N843/Enable_MaskDetect.jpg" alt="Enable" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1177"></p>
<p>5c. Configure the following based on your preferences:</p>
<ul>
<li>Record Channel</li>
<li>PTZ Activation</li>
<li>Sequence</li>
<li>Buzzer</li>
<li>Autoresponse</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Autoresponse is an automatic audio response when a person&#8217;s face is detected <strong>without</strong> a mask.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/ZABRINA/FAQ/N843/Configure.jpg" alt="Configure" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1178"></li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Smart Plan</strong>, then select the same camera you previously selected on <strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Step 3</strong>, and enable <strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Face Detection</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.
<p><img decoding="async" class="screenshot" src="https://www.lorextechnology.com/images/supportimages/supportarticles/E892/E892-Safeguard_2020-07-02_11-15-48-650.png" alt="Smart Plan" title="DVR NVR XVR Face &amp; Mask Detection 1179"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Congratulations!</strong> You have successfully enabled Face Detection on your E892 camera.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dvr-nvr-xvr-face-mask-detection.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-preset-trigger-from-fixed-camera.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-preset-trigger-from-fixed-camera.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 19 Mar 2022 21:23:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua nvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDCVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=614</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera Description When an event (Motion, IVS, etc) is triggered from...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera</p>
<h1><span id="Preset_Trigger_from_Fixed_Camera" class="mw-headline">Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera</span></h1>
<h2><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>
<p>When an event (Motion, IVS, etc) is triggered from a fixed camera, a PTZ on the same recorder can be configured to respond with a PTZ Preset command</p>
<p>The feature can be enabled for various Event types, wherever the PTZ Activation option is found</p>
<p>Load More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/dahua-ptz-camera-setup-with-all-stages.html">Dahua ptz camera setup with all stages</a></p>
<h2><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Instructions" class="mw-headline">Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible">
<a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ed/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png/250px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ed/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png/375px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ed/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png/500px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_Old.png 2x" alt="Icon for type SystemUI Old.png" width="250" height="188" data-pagespeed-url-hash="28282233" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1240"></a><b>SystemUI Old</b></p>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<h2><span id="Prerequisites_2" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/uD37Ny9eU-Y?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. From Live View</p>
<p>Right click select Main Menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5b/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5b/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5b/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 1.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="173201532" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1241"></a></p>
<p>2. Under Setting</p>
<p>Click Event</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/91/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/91/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/91/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 2.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1499967437" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1242"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Video Detection</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/33/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/33/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/33/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 3.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1005218589" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1243"></a></p>
<p>4. Use the dropdown box to select the Channel the fixed camera is added to</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 4.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1900018008" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1244"></a></p>
<p>5. Check the box to enable</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ef/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ef/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/ef/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 5.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="381372552" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1245"></a></p>
<p>6. Check the box next to PTZ Activation to enable</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/e3/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/e/e3/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/e/e3/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 6.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3261737743" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1246"></a></p>
<p>7. Click Setting to configure the parameters of the trigger</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5c/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5c/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5c/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 7.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="787513905" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1247"></a></p>
<p>8. Use the dropdown box next to the corresponding channel that the PTZ camera is added to and select Preset</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9e/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9e/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/9e/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 8.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2325244685" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1248"></a></p>
<p>9. Enter the Preset number</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/bc/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/bc/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/bc/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 9.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3231430475" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1249"></a></p>
<p>10. Click OK</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 10.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2448048490" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1250"></a></p>
<p>11. Click Apply then OK to save all settings</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/68/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/68/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/68/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 11.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1819367054" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1251"></a></p>
<p>12. When the fixed camera detects motion it will send the PTZ command to the PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/32/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/32/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/32/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_Old_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI Old - 12.jpg" width="600" height="336" data-pagespeed-url-hash="872130114" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1252"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible">
<a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/08/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png/250px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/08/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png/375px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/08/Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png/500px-Icon_for_type_SystemUI_New.png 2x" alt="Icon for type SystemUI New.png" width="250" height="141" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4042323771" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1253"></a><b>SystemUI New</b></p>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<h2><span id="Prerequisites_3" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions_2" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/GnuT_z1Vw4E?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions_2" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. From Live View right click</p>
<p>Select Main Menu</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9f/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9f/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/9f/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 1.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="712764466" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1254"></a></p>
<p>2. Click Alarm</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d2/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d2/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d2/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 2.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2778669386" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1255"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Video Detection</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 3.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4200058196" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1256"></a></p>
<p>4. Under Motion Detect</p>
<p>Use the dropdown box to select the Channel</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1a/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1a/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1a/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 4.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="962850187" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1257"></a></p>
<p>5. Click to toggle and enable the Motion Detection</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c5/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c5/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c5/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 5.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="139087053" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1258"></a></p>
<p>6. Check the box next to PTZ Activation to enable the function</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/be/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/be/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/be/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 6.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="345569793" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1259"></a></p>
<p>7. Click Setting to configure the parameters for PTZ Activation</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/62/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/62/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/62/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 7.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3731952672" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1260"></a></p>
<p>8. Use the dropdown box next to the corresponding channel that the PTZ camera is added to and select Preset</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/24/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/2/24/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/2/24/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 8.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1066719372" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1261"></a></p>
<p>9. Enter the Preset number</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/36/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/36/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/36/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 9.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3712693182" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1262"></a></p>
<p>10. Click OK</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c8/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 10.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4181823564" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1263"></a></p>
<p>11. Click Apply</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/82/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/82/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/82/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 11.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3420645456" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1264"></a></p>
<p>12. When the fixed camera detects motion it will send the PTZ command to the PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/48/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/48/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/48/Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SystemUI_New_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SystemUI New - 12.jpg" width="600" height="335" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2890036178" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1265"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible">
<a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b9/Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png/250px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b9/Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png/375px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b9/Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png/500px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_Old.png 2x" alt="Icon for type WebUI Old.png" width="250" height="168" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3995326266" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1266"></a><b>WebUI Old</b></p>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<h2><span id="Prerequisites_4" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera (motion detection capability)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions_3" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RGXBGp3T-Zg?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions_3" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Log into the NVR.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation001.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation001.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation001.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="824289476" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1267"></a></p>
<p>2. Select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation002.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation002.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation002.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1346910548" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1268"></a></p>
<p>3. Select Event -&gt; Video Detection then select the Enable checkbox. Make sure period and region are set up correctly and trigger appropriately. Now check PTZ Activation and then select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation003.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation003.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation003.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1087653556" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1269"></a></p>
<p>4. On the channel with the PTZ select the preset function and then type in the preset and then select OK.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation004.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation004.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation004.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="271034521" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1270"></a></p>
<p>5. Now select OK to Successfully saved! and wait 1 minute.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation005.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation005.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation005.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2397158131" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1271"></a></p>
<p>6. Go ahead and test this solution!</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation006.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation006.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation006.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1429868079" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1272"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible">
<a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/06/Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png/250px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/06/Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png/375px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/06/Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png/500px-Icon_for_type_WebUI_New.png 2x" alt="Icon for type WebUI New.png" width="250" height="168" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3847303237" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1273"></a><b>WebUI New</b></p>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<h2><span id="Prerequisites_5" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions_4" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/rJc5yTTHgJU?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions_4" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. Enter the IP of the device into a browser</p>
<p>At the Web Login</p>
<p>Enter the Username and Password</p>
<p>Click Login</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/50/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/50/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/50/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 1.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1439584052" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1274"></a></p>
<p>2. Click Alarm</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c1/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c1/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/c/c1/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 2.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="264197485" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1275"></a></p>
<p>3. Click Video Detection</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0a/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0a/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0a/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 3.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3917877351" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1276"></a></p>
<p>4. Use the dropdown box to select the Channel</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 4.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="996894689" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1277"></a></p>
<p>5. Check the box to enable</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7c/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 5.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3351452227" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1278"></a></p>
<p>6. Click Setting next to PTZ Activation</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f0/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f0/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/f0/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 6.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="667033030" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1279"></a></p>
<p>7. Check the box to enable the function</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b2/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b2/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b2/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 7.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="987715284" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1280"></a></p>
<p>8. Use the dropdown box next to the corresponding channel that the PTZ camera is added to and select Preset</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0e/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0e/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0e/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 8.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1412147423" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1281"></a></p>
<p>9. Enter the Preset number</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/98/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/98/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/98/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 9.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="940925140" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1282"></a></p>
<p>10. Click OK</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/97/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/97/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/97/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 10.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3146231137" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1283"></a></p>
<p>11. Click OK to save all settings</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7d/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7d/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7d/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 11.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3332096148" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1284"></a></p>
<p>12. When the fixed camera detects motion it will send the PTZ command to the PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d9/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d9/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/d9/Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_WebUI_New_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - WebUI New - 12.jpg" width="600" height="429" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3175135393" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1285"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible">
<a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a0/Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png/250px-Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a0/Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png/375px-Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a0/Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png/500px-Icon_for_type_SmartPSS.png 2x" alt="Icon for type SmartPSS.png" width="250" height="179" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2053206013" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1286"></a><b>SmartPSS</b></p>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<h2><span id="Prerequisites_6" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
<li>Dahua recorder with cameras added to SmartPSS</li>
</ul>
<h2><span id="Video_Instructions_5" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/_Zg6OamSPaM?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h2><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions_5" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h2>
<p>1. From the Main Menu</p>
<p>Click Device CFG</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/61/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/61/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/61/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_1.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 1.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="897246041" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1287"></a></p>
<p>2. Left click the recorder in the device list on the left side of the screen</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/45/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/45/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/45/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_2.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 2.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2960280867" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1288"></a>]</p>
<p>3. Click to expand the Event section</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/34/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/3/34/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/3/34/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_3.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 3.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2252435310" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1289"></a>]</p>
<p>4. Click Video Detect</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/9a/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/9a/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/9a/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_4.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 4.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2953161913" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1290"></a>]</p>
<p>5. Use the dropdown box to select the Channel</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/73/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/73/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/73/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_5.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 5.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2884673921" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1291"></a>]</p>
<p>6. Check the box to enable</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7e/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7e/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/7e/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_6.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 6.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1965052229" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1292"></a>]</p>
<p>7. Check the box next to PTZ Link to enable the function</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/4/4d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 7.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="359708660" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1293"></a>]</p>
<p>8. Click Set next to PTZ Link</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/1d/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_7-1.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 7-1.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1602457202" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1294"></a>]</p>
<p>9. Use the dropdown box next to the corresponding channel that the PTZ camera is added to and select Preset point</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/5/5f/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/5/5f/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/5/5f/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_8.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 8.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2910635478" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1295"></a>]</p>
<p>10. Enter the Preset number</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/ba/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/ba/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/ba/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_9.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 9.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3948664961" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1296"></a>]</p>
<p>11. Click Save</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/f7/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/f7/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/f7/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_10.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 10.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1851204809" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1297"></a>]</p>
<p>12. Click Save</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/83/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/83/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/83/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_11.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 11.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="122205701" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1298"></a>]</p>
<p>13. When the fixed camera detects motion it will send the PTZ command to the PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/df/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg/600px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/d/df/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg/900px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/df/Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg/1200px-Preset_Trigger_-_SmartPSS_-_12.jpg 2x" alt="Preset Trigger - SmartPSS - 12.jpg" width="600" height="441" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1857745620" title="How To Preset Trigger from Fixed Camera 1299"></a></div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-preset-trigger-from-fixed-camera.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-set-up-ptz-camera-activation-nvr.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-set-up-ptz-camera-activation-nvr.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 21:02:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua nvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDCVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how to ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=552</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR How to Set Up PTZ Activation Via Stationary Camera on a NVR Description This...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR</p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Set_Up_PTZ_Activation_Via_Stationary_Camera_on_a_NVR" class="mw-headline">How to Set Up PTZ Activation Via Stationary Camera on a NVR</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>This article will explain setting up a fixed camera on motion detection to trigger a NVR to move a PTZ to a preset.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua IP camera (motion detection capability)</li>
<li>Dahua NVR or HDCVI DVR (both cameras added)</li>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ (with at least 1 preset)</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RGXBGp3T-Zg?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Log into the NVR.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation001.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation001.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/82/Ptzactivation001.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation001.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation001.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="824289476" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1345"></a></p>
<p>2. Select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation002.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation002.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzactivation002.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation002.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation002.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1346910548" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1346"></a></p>
<p>3. Select Event -&gt; Video Detection then select the Enable checkbox. Make sure period and region are set up correctly and trigger appropriately. Now check PTZ Activation and then select setup.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation003.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation003.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/6f/Ptzactivation003.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation003.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation003.jpg" width="600" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1087653556" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1347"></a></p>
<p>4. On the channel with the PTZ select the preset function and then type in the preset and then select OK.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation004.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation004.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/95/Ptzactivation004.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation004.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation004.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="271034521" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1348"></a></p>
<p>5. Now select OK to Successfully saved! and wait 1 minute.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation005.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation005.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/8/81/Ptzactivation005.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation005.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation005.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2397158131" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1349"></a></p>
<p>6. Go ahead and test this solution!</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzactivation006.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/600px-Ptzactivation006.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/900px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0a/Ptzactivation006.jpg/1200px-Ptzactivation006.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzactivation006.jpg" width="600" height="355" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1429868079" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1350"></a></p>
<p>Read More.. <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/what-is-speed-dome-camera-ptz-how-to-control.html">What is Speed ​​Dome Camera (PTZ) How to Control</a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Scan" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Scan</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Scan feature allows you to set a predetermined path from Point A to Point B</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/5hhq5OzKi3I?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1351"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Scan&#8221; is selected in the dropdown menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/ce/PTZScan2.png/600px-PTZScan2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/c/ce/PTZScan2.png/900px-PTZScan2.png 1.5x, /images/c/ce/PTZScan2.png 2x" alt="PTZScan2.png" width="600" height="414" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1590440265" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1352"></a></p>
<p>3. Using the PTZ Controls, move the camera into the starting position, and click, &#8220;Set Left&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/3/3a/PTZScan3.png/600px-PTZScan3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/3/3a/PTZScan3.png/900px-PTZScan3.png 1.5x, /images/3/3a/PTZScan3.png 2x" alt="PTZScan3.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2756165569" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1353"></a></p>
<p>4. Move the camera to the second position, and click, &#8220;Set Right&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/4/4e/PTZScan4.png/600px-PTZScan4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/4/4e/PTZScan4.png/900px-PTZScan4.png 1.5x, /images/4/4e/PTZScan4.png 2x" alt="PTZScan4.png" width="600" height="406" data-pagespeed-url-hash="446183679" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1354"></a></p>
<p>5. To test the results click, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0f/PTZScan5.png/600px-PTZScan5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0f/PTZScan5.png/900px-PTZScan5.png 1.5x, /images/0/0f/PTZScan5.png 2x" alt="PTZScan5.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2119934244" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1355"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Preset" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Preset</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>Pre-sets are used to define single or multiple locations that are saved to the camera&#8217;s internal memory. Pre-Sets are used in conjunction with the, &#8220;Tour&#8221; feature.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bgdb-Y6pOTM?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP PTZ camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1356"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side, under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down box and select, &#8220;Pre-Set&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPreset1.png/600px-PTZPreset1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPreset1.png/900px-PTZPreset1.png 1.5x, /images/2/28/PTZPreset1.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset1.png" width="600" height="409" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1357"></a></p>
<p>Note:For this example, we are going to set Pre-Set 1 and 2. These numbers can be set from 1-80. The number of Pre-Sets available can vary from model to model.</p>
<p>3. Move the PTZ to the location you wish to set for Pre-Set 1 using the PTZ Controls.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/60/PTZPreset2.png/600px-PTZPreset2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/6/60/PTZPreset2.png/900px-PTZPreset2.png 1.5x, /images/6/60/PTZPreset2.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset2.png" width="600" height="408" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1358"></a></p>
<p>4. Press, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png/600px-PTZPreset3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png/900px-PTZPreset3.png 1.5x, /images/d/d3/PTZPreset3.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset3.png" width="600" height="412" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1359"></a></p>
<p>5. Move the PTZ to the second location that you wish to establish for Preset 2 using the PTZ Controls.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/63/PTZPreset4.png/600px-PTZPreset4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/6/63/PTZPreset4.png/900px-PTZPreset4.png 1.5x, /images/6/63/PTZPreset4.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset4.png" width="600" height="409" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1360"></a></p>
<p>6. Change the Pre-Set number to, &#8220;2&#8221; and click, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png/600px-PTZPreset5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png/900px-PTZPreset5.png 1.5x, /images/c/c1/PTZPreset5.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset5.png" width="600" height="410" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1361"></a></p>
<p>7. To test, change the Pre-Set back to, &#8220;1&#8221; and click, &#8220;Go to&#8221; then repeat for each additional Pre-Set you created.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPreset6.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png/600px-PTZPreset6.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png/900px-PTZPreset6.png 1.5x, /images/7/7b/PTZPreset6.png 2x" alt="PTZPreset6.png" width="600" height="410" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1362"></a></p>
<p>Browse : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-reset-the-camera-to-factory-default-on-dvr-2.html">How to Reset the Camera to Factory Default on DVR?</a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Tour" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Tour</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Tour feature allows you to set a up multiple locations for the PTZ to cycle through using already established Pre-Sets.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/wp2HQ0juHBA?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP PTZ camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1351"></a></p>
<p>2. Under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down, and select, &#8220;Tour&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/0c/PTZTour1.png/600px-PTZTour1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/0c/PTZTour1.png/900px-PTZTour1.png 1.5x, /images/0/0c/PTZTour1.png 2x" alt="PTZTour1.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2565889149" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1364"></a></p>
<p>3. The box immediately below the drop down is the, &#8220;Pre-Set Number&#8221; This can be set to 1-8 (May vary by model) Ensure that this is currently set to, &#8220;1&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/0/09/PTZTour2.png/600px-PTZTour2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/0/09/PTZTour2.png/900px-PTZTour2.png 1.5x, /images/0/09/PTZTour2.png 2x" alt="PTZTour2.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1843181935" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1365"></a></p>
<p>4. In the second box, input the first Pre-Set you wish to establish and click, &#8220;Add Pre-Set&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/21/PTZTour3.png/600px-PTZTour3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/21/PTZTour3.png/900px-PTZTour3.png 1.5x, /images/2/21/PTZTour3.png 2x" alt="PTZTour3.png" width="600" height="408" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4102243775" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1366"></a></p>
<p>5. In the second box, input the second Pre-Set you wish to establish and click, &#8220;Add Pre-Set&#8221; Repeat this process for any additional Pre-Sets you wish to use.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2b/PTZTour4.png/600px-PTZTour4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2b/PTZTour4.png/900px-PTZTour4.png 1.5x, /images/2/2b/PTZTour4.png 2x" alt="PTZTour4.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4235750028" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1367"></a></p>
<p>6. Once complete, you can test your Tour settings by clicking, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZTour5.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/e/ec/PTZTour5.png/600px-PTZTour5.png" srcset="/images/thumb/e/ec/PTZTour5.png/900px-PTZTour5.png 1.5x, /images/e/ec/PTZTour5.png 2x" alt="PTZTour5.png" width="600" height="409" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2320551971" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1368"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Pattern" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Pattern</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Pattern feature allows you to set a predetermined path to multiple locations, and adjust Zoom, Focus, and Iris as the camera moves between positions.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/f-iR8CPU4nk?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1351"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Pattern&#8221; is selected in the drop down menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPattern1.png/600px-PTZPattern1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/28/PTZPattern1.png/900px-PTZPattern1.png 1.5x, /images/2/28/PTZPattern1.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern1.png" width="600" height="413" data-pagespeed-url-hash="205649710" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1370"></a></p>
<p>3. Click, &#8220;Add&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/8/84/PTZPattern2.png/600px-PTZPattern2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/8/84/PTZPattern2.png/900px-PTZPattern2.png 1.5x, /images/8/84/PTZPattern2.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern2.png" width="600" height="412" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2669462936" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1371"></a></p>
<p>4. Move the camera to the location you wish the pattern to begin, and press, &#8220;Start Rec&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/27/PTZPattern3.png/600px-PTZPattern3.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/27/PTZPattern3.png/900px-PTZPattern3.png 1.5x, /images/2/27/PTZPattern3.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern3.png" width="600" height="369" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2611555145" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1372"></a></p>
<p>5. Move the camera to each location, one by one. Once complete, press, &#8220;Stop Rec&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPattern4.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/77/PTZPattern4.png/600px-PTZPattern4.png" srcset="/images/thumb/7/77/PTZPattern4.png/900px-PTZPattern4.png 1.5x, /images/7/77/PTZPattern4.png 2x" alt="PTZPattern4.png" width="600" height="411" data-pagespeed-url-hash="914077353" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1373"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPatternGIF.gif" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZPatternGIF.gif" alt="PTZPatternGIF.gif" width="800" height="470" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1407648693" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1374"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Light_Wiper" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Light Wiper</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Light Wiper feature allows a PTZ equipped with a Wiper to remotely clear moisture from the lens.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ with light wiper</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1351"></a></p>
<p>2. Under, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; click the drop down box and select, &#8220;Light Wiper&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZLightWiper.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/8/82/PTZLightWiper.png" alt="PTZLightWiper.png" width="160" height="249" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3485481563" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1376"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Goto" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Goto</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Go to: This feature allows the PTZ to travel to a specific location based on coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="Video_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Video Instructions</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/GbPY6xGZspU?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Log into your PTZ camera</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto002.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto002.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto002.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto002.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto002.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto002.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="507154361" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1377"></a></p>
<p>2. In the lower right corner select PTZ settings, and then drop down the first menu and select &#8220;Go to&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto003.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto003.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto003.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/6/64/Ptzgoto003.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto003.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto003.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3872677379" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1378"></a></p>
<p>3. Notice you have several fields for the Go to function, the first field is Horizontal Angle (pan) which will point the camera on the horizontal axis in a 0.0° to 360.0° range using increments of 0-3600. Notice 0 and 3600 are the same location, if you want to point in a direction 90.0° enter 900, if you want the opposite side of that (270.0°) use 2700.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto001.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto001.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto001.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/a/a4/Ptzgoto001.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto001.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto001.jpg" width="500" height="354" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1574351429" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1379"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto004.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto004.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto004.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/b/b1/Ptzgoto004.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto004.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto004.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="433894060" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1380"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto005.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto005.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto005.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/76/Ptzgoto005.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto005.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto005.jpg" width="500" height="298" data-pagespeed-url-hash="25911563" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1381"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto006.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto006.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto006.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/f/fb/Ptzgoto006.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto006.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto006.jpg" width="500" height="296" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3456940941" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1382"></a></p>
<p>4. The second field is your Vertical Angle (tilt), which has a range of 0-900 or 0.0° to 90.0°. 900 tilts directly downwards from the PTZ&#8217;s mounting point, while 0 tilts horizontally.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto007.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto007.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto007.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/1/10/Ptzgoto007.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto007.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto007.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3637540889" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1383"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto008.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto008.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto008.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/7/71/Ptzgoto008.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto008.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto008.jpg" width="500" height="297" data-pagespeed-url-hash="597825874" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1384"></a></p>
<p>5. The third field is your Zoom function which works in a range of 1-128.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:Ptzgoto009.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/500px-Ptzgoto009.jpg" srcset="/images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/750px-Ptzgoto009.jpg 1.5x, /images/thumb/9/90/Ptzgoto009.jpg/1000px-Ptzgoto009.jpg 2x" alt="Ptzgoto009.jpg" width="500" height="300" data-pagespeed-url-hash="4174358257" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1385"></a></p>
<h2><span id="How_to_Setup_Pan" class="mw-headline">How to Setup Pan</span></h2>
<h3><span id="Description" class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>
<p>The Pan feature allows the PTZ to move between two pre-established horizontal points.</p>
<h3><span id="Prerequisites" class="mw-headline">Prerequisites</span></h3>
<ul>
<li>Dahua Network PTZ</li>
<li>IP Address of Network PTZ</li>
<li>Internet Explorer</li>
</ul>
<h3><span id="How_To_Setup_Pan_Video" class="mw-headline">How To Setup Pan Video</span></h3>
<div class="embedvideo autoResize">
<div class="embedvideowrap"><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/TxJ_6KSXAKo?" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
<h3><span id="Step_by_Step_Instructions" class="mw-headline">Step by Step Instructions</span></h3>
<p>1. Login to your IP Camera via Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZScan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/7/78/PTZScan1.png" alt="PTZScan1.png" width="358" height="199" data-pagespeed-url-hash="3578232744" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1351"></a></p>
<p>2. On the right hand side click, &#8220;PTZ Settings&#8221; and make sure, &#8220;Pan&#8221; is selected in the drop down menu.</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPan1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/2/2f/PTZPan1.png/600px-PTZPan1.png" srcset="/images/thumb/2/2f/PTZPan1.png/900px-PTZPan1.png 1.5x, /images/2/2f/PTZPan1.png 2x" alt="PTZPan1.png" width="600" height="418" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1771756530" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1387"></a></p>
<p>3. Click, &#8220;Start&#8221;</p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPan2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/thumb/b/b0/PTZPan2.png/600px-PTZPan2.png" srcset="/images/thumb/b/b0/PTZPan2.png/900px-PTZPan2.png 1.5x, /images/b/b0/PTZPan2.png 2x" alt="PTZPan2.png" width="600" height="422" data-pagespeed-url-hash="2173941494" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1388"></a></p>
<p><a class="image fancybox" href="https://dahuawiki.com/File:PTZPanGIF.gif" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://dahuawiki.com/images/5/57/PTZPanGIF.gif" alt="PTZPanGIF.gif" width="788" height="536" data-pagespeed-url-hash="1105781199" title="How to Set Up PTZ Camera Activation NVR 1389"></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-set-up-ptz-camera-activation-nvr.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
